Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Fevertree Drinks

Fevertree Drinks

fevr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fevr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Fevertree Drinks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
for the year ended 31 December 2022
THE RIGHT PRODUCTS IN THE RIGHT MARKETS

OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL IN ACTION 
PAGE 15
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
CONTENTS
STRATEGIC REPORT
Market Overview
10
Our Business Model
12
Our Business Model in Action
15
Our Strategy
20
Q&A with Head of Innovation
26
Chief Executive’s Review
28
Business Review
32
Sustainability Review
41
Financial Review
63
Section 172 and
67 
Stakeholder Engagement
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
71
Viability Statement
76
OVERVIEW
Highlights
01
Our Key Strengths
02
At a Glance
04
Chairman’s Statement
06
GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors
78
Corporate Governance Statement
80
Nomination Committee Report
84
Audit Committee Report
86
Remuneration Committee Report
90
Directors’ Report
105
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities	

107
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report
110
Consolidated Statement of  
Profit or Loss and Other  
Comprehensive Income
118
Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position
119
Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
120
Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows
121
Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements
122
Company Statement  
of Financial Position
149
Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity
150
Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements
151
OTHER
Company Information
154
Notice of Annual General Meeting
155
For the latest investor relations information, visit 
our website: www.fever-tree.com_gb/investors
AT A  
GLANCE  
PAGE 4 
Q&A WITH HEAD 
OF INNOVATION  
PAGE 26 
OUR MARKET 
OVERVIEW  
PAGE 10
SUSTAINABILITY 
REVIEW  
PAGE 41

Overview
01
HIGHLIGHTS
STRONG REVENUE GROWTH 
 
The long-term opportunity for the business remains significant and we continue to focus on investing 
in our regions, our products, marketing activities and our team.
OPERATIONAL
FINANCIAL
2022
£344.3m
2021
£311.1m
2020
£252.1m
REVENUE
£344.3m
(2021: £311.1m)
ADJUSTED EBITDA 
£39.7m
(2021: £63.0m)
CASH
£95.3m
(2021: £166.2m)
Payment of £50m 
special dividend
CANS SOLD
198m
(2021: 219m)
BOTTLES SOLD
520m
(2021: 469m)
Footnote: Analysis on pages 01 to 107 of this front end of the Annual Report refers to adjusted EBITDA. The Group believes adjusted EBITDA to be a key 
indicator of underlying operational performance, adjusting operating profit for several non-cash items. As a consequence of these adjustments, the Group believes 
that adjusted EBITDA represents normalised corporate profits. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2022 is operating profit of £30.6m before 
depreciation of £4.3m, amortisation of £1.5m and share based payment charges of £3.3m. Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure since it represents to 
users a normalised, comparable operating profit, excluding the effects of the accounting estimates and non-cash items mentioned above. The definition for  
adjusted EBITDA as defined above is consistent with the definition applied in previous years. This measure is not defined in the International Financial Reporting 
Standards, which forms the basis of the presentation of the Financial Statements included on pages 118 to 121, and is not intended as a substitute for other GAAP 
measures. Since this is an indicator specific to the Group’s operational structure, it may not be comparable to adjusted metrics used by other companies.
2022
£39.7m
2021
£63.0m
2020
£57.0m
2022
£95.3m
2021
£166.2m
2020
£143.1m

02
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
OUR STORY IS 
ABOUT GOING  
TO EXCEPTIONAL 
LENGTHS IN THE 
PURSUIT OF THE 
VERY BEST.
OUR PURPOSE 
Fever-Tree was founded in 
2005 on the belief that there 
had to be a better way, a 
refusal to compromise and 
a willingness to never settle 
for the status quo. This is as 
true today as it has always 
been and remains central 
to everything we do across 
the business. 
We are passionate about the pursuit of 
excellence, continuing to innovate our 
products and packaging, and challenging 
ourselves to make a meaningful difference 
both where we source our ingredients 
from and where we live and work. 
We want our approach to inspire and 
engage our colleagues, our customers,  
our partners and our consumers as 
together we strive to be the very best. 
See our Colleagues / pages 60 to 61
OUR KEY STRENGTHS
1.	AWARD-WINNING, HIGHEST 
QUALITY PRODUCTS WITH 
EXPERTLY SOURCED INGREDIENTS 
AND PREMIUM PROVENANCE. 
•	 We strive to only use the highest quality 
ingredients in our products, working  
with growers and experts who share  
our relentlessness for the best. 
•	 We work together to fully understand  
how local climates and growing techniques 
affect the ingredients and contribute to  
the flavour.
•	 This approach has allowed us to forge 
meaningful, long-term relationships with 
many of our suppliers, creating a clear 
differential from Fever-Tree’s mass-market 
competition, which remains key to our 
product quality and brand image.
2.	AUTHENTIC AND AMBITIOUS 
SUSTAINABILITY CREDENTIALS, 
UNDERPINNING THE BRAND’S 
PREMIUM POSITIONING.
•	 All of our mixers sold in the UK are now 
certified carbon neutral by The Carbon Trust 
– the first mixer brand to reach this status 
– contributing positively to the fight against 
climate change.
•	 Our ambitious sustainability targets provide 
a clear point of difference for customers  
and consumers alike, demonstrating we  
are a considered brand with a conscience. 
•	 Our carefully curated approach to sourcing 
and how we work with specialist growers 
and suppliers provide opportunities 
to ensure not only the quality of the 
ingredients, but also the sustainable 
methods used in their production.
3.	AN AWARD-WINNING  
BRAND WITH FIRST  
MOVER ADVANTAGE. 
 
•	 We have been voted the number 1 best-
selling and top-trending mixer brand by the 
world’s most acclaimed bars and restaurants 
for nine years in a row, underpinning the 
recognition of the quality of our products. 
•	 We have always been a trailblazer within  
our industry. We were the first mover  
and innovator of the global premium  
mixer category, which enriches the  
brand’s authenticity and attractiveness  
to the industry’s leading bartenders and 
trade influencers.
Read our sustainability section / pages 41 to 61
Find out more on / fever-tree.com
Read about our innovation / pages 26 to 27
OUR CULTURE
Our culture continues 
to be inspired by the 
entrepreneurial  
values of the Group’s 
co-founders. 
Whilst the business grows in 
depth, breadth and complexity, 
we continue to maintain and 
champion this entrepreneurial 
ethos. Ensuring that we maintain 
an informal and open structure 
and culture that enables all of  
our team members to feel that 
they can make a real difference  
to the business, whatever their 
role or seniority, and be part of its 
ongoing international success.

Overview
03
4.	GLOBAL MARKET-LEADING  
POSITION WITH EXPOSURE TO 
EXISTING AND FUTURE GROWTH 
OPPORTUNITIES.
•	 We are the leading premium mixer brand 
globally. Our revenue, and global opportunity 
ahead, are well diversified across geographies, 
channels, customers and products. 
•	 Our belief in the long-term opportunity  
for the business has meant that despite 
the many unprecedented challenges we’ve 
faced over the last couple of years, we have 
remained focused on investing in and 
building the brand through consumer 
recruitment and retention.
•	 As the only premium mixer player with  
true global scale, we are ideally positioned  
to benefit from the shift in the total beverage 
market towards spirits and away from beer/
wine, alongside a strong premiumisation 
trend and growing interest in long 
mixed drinks.
5.	A TRACK RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL 
INNOVATION, WITH PRODUCTS AND 
FORMATS CREATED FOR A WIDE 
VARIETY OF MIXING OCCASIONS.
•	 Innovation is – and has always been –  
at the heart of our brand and business. 
We remain the pioneer, continuing to lead 
the way within premium mixers, creating 
original and exciting products for unrivalled 
drinking experiences. 
•	 Our innovation is governed by drinking 
trends and the evolving needs of our 
consumers worldwide, enabling us to 
produce new products and move into 
adjacent categories that reflect drinking 
habits across different regions. 
•	 Alongside new flavours and ranges, we 
continue to evolve our format mix to reflect 
changing purchasing behaviour across all of 
our markets. 
6.	A FUTURE-PROOF,  
SCALABLE AND AGILE  
BUSINESS MODEL.  
•	 Our outsourced business model, 
underpinned by strong, well-established 
relationships with suppliers, bottlers and 
distributors, allows for scalability and 
operational flexibility whilst maintaining the 
highest quality control, without requiring a 
major capital commitment from the Group. 
•	 We continue to build our capabilities to 
scale the brand by expanding our number 
of global production sites to ten across the 
UK, Europe and the US which will reduce 
our reliance on sea freight and start to build 
economies of scale as we continue to grow.
•	 We have also been investing in our team, 
especially within supply chain where we have 
recruited a number of new hires over the last 
year, as well as in technology, through a new 
wide-ranging programme embedded into all 
our global operations to give us best-in-class 
ways of working, new data and insights to 
manage disruption, as well as underpinning 
our future growth.
See our business model / page 12
See our Products / page 5
See our regional reviews / pages 32 to 39

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
04
AT A GLANCE
FEVER-TREE IS THE WORLD’S LEADING SUPPLIER  
OF PREMIUM CARBONATED MIXERS, STRONGLY 
DIVERSIFIED ACROSS GEOGRAPHIES,  
CHANNELS AND PRODUCTS
Our global reach – Fever-Tree sells to over 85 countries
Global reach and % split
Revenue
% Share of Revenue
UK
£116.2m
34%
Europe
£101.0m
29%
US
£95.6m
28%
Rest of the World
£31.5m
9%
See the regional business reviews / pages 32 to 39
TOTAL REVENUE
£344.3m

Overview
05
OUR PRODUCTS
Quality, 
flavour 
and choice 
are central 
to our 
product 
range
PREMIUM INDIAN TONIC
Fever-Tree’s original tonic, 
created to challenge the status 
quo and place quality at the 
heart of the mixer category.
FLAVOURED TONICS
Designed to provide choice 
to consumers reflecting the 
growing range of gins and 
other spirits that have entered 
the market over the past 
15 years.
GINGER ALES, GINGER 
BEERS & COLAS
Mixers for pairing with dark 
spirits such as whisky, bourbons 
and rums as well as vodkas.  
The range has continued to 
evolve with the introduction 
of a new Blood Orange Ginger 
Beer as well as Distillers Cola.
LEMONADES
Perfectly balanced to be 
mixed with vodkas and gins 
or equally delicious as a 
sophisticated drink on its own.
SODAS
Premium sodas designed to be 
paired with a variety of spirits 
from gins and tequilas through 
to vermouths and Italian 
liqueurs, creating longer, 
lighter mixed drinks.
ADULT SOFT DRINKS
Our products’ natural 
ingredients, adult flavour 
profiles and low-calorie 
options, combined with the 
sophistication of the brand, 
means we are ideally positioned 
to extend into this category.
COCKTAIL MIXERS
Portfolio of premium,  
non-carbonated mixers with 
natural ingredients ideal for 
creating simple cocktails, 
including classic Margarita 
and Bloody Mary.
Sustainability
Our sustainability framework comprises five branches of 
Climate, Conservation, Circular Economy, Communities, 
and our Colleagues which guide our initiatives to care 
for the world we live in and the people we work with. 
These are underpinned by three “roots” of Environment, 
Ingredients and Fighting malaria.
To inform our sustainability roots and branches we 
ensure alignment with the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs), highlighting five key goals, 
each aligned to our sustainability branches, whilst 
acknowledging several other interacting SDGs.
For more on our sustainability approach / pages 42 to 61

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
06
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
A GLOBAL BUSINESS
“Fever-Tree has the ability to both premiumise and expand 
the mixer category, and we remain very early in our journey 
when we consider the total global opportunity.”
Bill Ronald
Non-Executive Chairman
2022
£344.3m
2021
£311.1m
2020
£252.1m
2022
£95.3m
2021
£166.2m
2020
£143.1m
REVENUE
£344.3m
(2021: £311.1m)
CASH
£95.3m
(2021: £166.2m)
Fever-Tree has continued to grow across the world 
despite the challenging environment during 2022, 
which is a testament to every one of our employees,  
as well as the strong relationships the business has  
built with our partners and customers throughout  
our supply chain. 
On behalf of the Board, I’d like to 
begin by thanking our extremely 
talented, entrepreneurial team, 
who have navigated the business 
through a number of unprecedented 
circumstances.
The strength of the balance sheet  
has enabled the Group to focus  
on investing for long-term growth, 
whether that’s through innovation 
and new product development, 
scaling up production in the US, 
spearheading various marketing 
campaigns across the world,  
or growing our talented team.
However, the near-term environment 
remains challenging and despite 
our continued top-line growth, the 
Group’s margins have been impacted  
by both inflationary cost pressures 
and logistics challenges. We have a 
clear plan to mitigate the impacts of 
these headwinds as much as possible, 
whilst also making sure the right 
long-term strategic decisions are 
being made, reflecting the Board’s 
support for management’s long-
term ambitions for the brand, with 
strong confidence in the global 
opportunity ahead.

Overview
07
2022 Performance
Fever-Tree delivered good revenue 
growth and made a number of 
important strategic steps in 2022. 
Revenue increased by 10.7% to 
£344.3m, a good result in a year 
where the On-Trade was still 
recovering during the first quarter 
in many regions and inflationary 
pressures dampened consumer 
sentiment. Adjusted EBITDA 
decreased 36.8% to £39.7m (2021: 
£63.0m) as the Group was impacted 
by several significant cost headwinds, 
most notably glass cost increases 
related to energy costs, alongside 
significantly elevated freight rates 
while we continue to scale local 
production in the US.
We are mindful of continued 
inflationary cost pressures and the 
volatile macro environment, however 
the long-term market trends remain 
supportive with the increasing 
popularity of long mixed drinks, 
especially at the premium end where 
Fever-Tree is driving this growth. 
Spirits continue to take share from 
wine and beer across the world, 
particularly in our large growth regions 
of the US and Europe, and the value 
of global spirits is increasing, driven 
by the premium segments. As we have 
demonstrated in our mature markets, 
like the UK, Fever-Tree has the ability 
to both premiumise and expand the 
mixer category, and we remain very 
early in our journey when we consider 
the total global opportunity.
Strategy
The Board works closely with the 
founder-led executive management  
team, and as part of its responsibilities, 
carries out a formal review of the 
Group’s strategy on an annual basis.
Fever-Tree has continued to 
innovate across a greater variety 
of spirit categories, especially with 
Premium Sodas appealing to younger 
customers and capitalising on the 
growing demand for Spritz serves 
across the world. We also launched a 
Blood Orange Ginger Beer in the US 
to recruit new customers, replicating 
the success we’ve had adding flavours 
to our Tonic range.
The Group’s ambitions extend further 
than the significant runway for our 
core carbonated mixers, with two 
meaningful adjacent opportunities. 
Firstly, trials within the adult soft 
drink category at UK retail, utilising 
our sophisticated brand connotations 
and strong brand positioning around 
quality adult flavour profiles. These 
trials were positively received by 
our customers and consumers, and 
towards the end of the year we 
launched a new 4x250ml can pack 
format specifically designed for a  
soft drink occasion. While we’re at  
an early stage, the category presents  
a significant long-term opportunity 
for the brand to extend into.
The second adjacency Fever-Tree 
has started to explore is the non-
carbonated mixer category in the 
US, which is large, growing and 
premiumising. No brand has a 
dominant share at national retail  
and we believe Fever-Tree, with 
our brand credentials, proven track 
record in innovation, and strong 
relationships with the trade, is in  
an unrivalled position to take 
advantage of the opportunity.
To accelerate Fever-Tree’s entry into 
this category, in September 2022 the 
Group announced the acquisition 
of Powell & Mahoney, an asset-light 
premium non-carbonated mixer 
brand. We are excited to leverage 
their existing production facility 
and distribution as a platform to 
launch the Fever-Tree brand into 
this category.
Whilst the Group has made important 
strategic progress during 2022, the 
volatility of the macro backdrop and 
associated headwinds meant that 
adjusted EBITDA declined year-on-
year. Management has implemented 
a number of initiatives to mitigate 
these cost pressures. The Board 
remains supportive of these actions  
alongside a resolute focus on the long-
term opportunity, as outlined above.
BOARD ENGAGEMENT
•	 During the year and informed by 
workforce engagement, the Board 
supported a number of initiatives to 
further enhance our desired culture 
and diversity including:
	– the work of the global DEI 
Committee, which included initiatives 
such as training on ‘Managing a 
diverse and inclusive workforce’;
	– an upgraded employee benefits 
package, which included launching 
an electric vehicle salary sacrifice 
scheme and a one-off bonus for UK 
employees to assist with the rising 
cost of living; 
	– a continued apprenticeship scheme 
in the UK office; 
	– training 14 employees from  
cross-departmental areas as  
Mental Health First Aiders;
	– enabling global mobility 
opportunities for employees and 
cross-departmental moves; and
	– bringing 24 people together  
for training for those new  
to management.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com_gb/investors

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
08
Central to this is the Group’s 
Diversity, Equality and Inclusion 
Committee, which meets regularly to 
discuss and report on projects and 
initiatives to drive engagement and 
appropriately measure progress.
In addition, the strength of our 
relationships across our supply 
chain partners, our importers and 
distributors, and our customers 
continues to ensure that the business 
manages the current logistical 
disruption with minimal impact.
Sustainability
Having developed a new sustainability 
framework in 2021, the business 
focused on embedding this across the 
Group throughout 2022. It has been 
pleasing to see the progress made 
across the key areas of sustainability, 
and the focus remains to deliver 
progress against our goals whilst 
collaborating with our stakeholders  
in the process.
Fever-Tree continues to be 
committed to fully understanding the 
environmental impact of its products. 
We engaged The Carbon Trust for the 
second year running to help calculate 
the business’s UK product footprint 
and certify for carbon neutrality in 
2022. This helped pinpoint areas of 
our operations where sustainability 
change can make the most meaningful 
impact, and by collaborating within 
our business and across our supply 
chain, we’re aiming to reduce our 
emissions per litre of product sold 
over time, offsetting the balance where 
we can’t yet avoid or reduce emissions. 
Alongside our focus on our 
environmental footprint, we’re 
continuing to evolve our supply chain 
due diligence process to drive best 
practice. We’ve increased the focus 
on the environmental and social 
performance of suppliers to support 
our ongoing quality assessments which 
will minimise environmental and social 
risks and deliver sustained progress 
with our partners. We continue to 
foster long-term ingredient supplier 
relationships that support local 
communities and contribute to the 
economic empowerment of farmers 
whilst ensuring we source the best 
quality ingredients in the right way. 
Throughout the year the Board has 
shared discussions with every region 
and the majority of departmental 
heads, who have updated us on the 
strategy and execution of projects and 
workstreams. The Board continues 
to be impressed by how the team has 
remained focused on the longer-term 
opportunity for the core business and 
explored exciting new opportunities 
for the Group, whilst navigating 
short-term obstacles.
The Board
This year marks my last at Fever-Tree 
before I step down at the Annual 
General Meeting in May 2023 to be 
replaced by Domenic De Lorenzo. 
Domenic brings exceptional leadership 
and commercial skills, with a clear 
focus on performance and a strong 
strategy skill set. Having worked 
with him in a Board capacity since 
2018, I can attest to his strength of 
judgement and proven governance 
reputation and focus, as well as his 
personal leadership skills.
It has been a privilege to serve as 
Chairman of Fever-Tree during a truly 
transformative time for the brand. 
There is a fantastic team in place 
across the globe, and I have no doubt 
it has a hugely exciting future ahead 
of it. I will take great pleasure in 
following its progress.
Culture
The people at Fever-Tree remain the 
most important part of the business, 
especially during a highly volatile 
macro backdrop. In recognition of 
the team’s effort during the year, as 
well as the inflationary environment, 
the Board supported Management’s 
decision to award a one-off payment 
to employees in September.
Overcoming challenges as one 
company is strengthening the culture 
across our team, and we are aiming to 
be even more connected than before, 
especially as the business continues to 
grow internationally, utilising a suite 
of virtual platforms and encouraging 
knowledge sharing and learning 
across borders. 
Dividend
Reflecting the financial strength and 
continuing confidence of the Group, 
the Board is pleased to recommend 
a final dividend of 10.68 pence per 
share in respect of 2022 (2021: 10.47 
pence per share) bringing the total 
dividend for the year, to 16.31 pence 
per share (2021: 58.89 pence per 
share). If approved by shareholders  
at the AGM on 25 May 2023 the final 
dividend will be paid on 2 June 2023 
to shareholders on the register on 
21 April 2023.
AGM
The AGM is due to take place on 
25 May 2023. Shareholders will be 
able to vote on resolutions by proxy 
by following the guidance provided 
in the AGM notice. Shareholders are 
also invited to submit any questions 
for the Board to agm@fever-tree.com.
BILL RONALD
Non-Executive Chairman
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT CONTINUED
STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT 
PAGES 67-70
Governance overview / pages 78 to 107

09
Strategic Report
09
STRATEGIC REPORT
10  Market Overview
12  Our Business Model
15  Our Business Model in Action
20  Our Strategy
26  Q&A with Head of Innovation
28  Chief Executive’s Review
32  Business Review
42  Sustainability Review
63  Financial Review
67  Section 172 and Stakeholder Engagement
71  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
76  Viability Statement

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
10
MARKET OVERVIEW
GLOBAL LONG-TERM SUPPORTIVE TRENDS CONTINUE 
TO UNDERPIN THE OPPORTUNITY
Our long-term strategy continues to be underpinned by the strong 
global trend to long mixed, premium drinks. 
Spirits continue to gain share of total 
beverage market
Spirits are forecast to continue to take share from wine 
and beer across the world, and particularly in our large 
growth regions of the US and Europe.
Total beverage alcohol value pool analysis1 
(2016 vs 2026E)
2016
2016
2016
2026
2026
2026
Global
North America
Europe
23%
29%
20%
27%
36%
23%
49%
43%
37%
44%
29%
36%
25%
24%
40%
22%
20%
38%
5%
13%
 Cider  | 
 RTDs  | 
 Wine  | 
 Beer  | 
 Spirits
1	 IWSR (excl National Spirits)
2	 IWSR Fever-Tree Top 15 Markets: Australia, Austria, Benelux, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, UK, USA
Global spirits value by price tier2 
(CAGR 2015-20 & 2020-25 forecast)
CAGR 2015-20
CAGR 2020-25 
forecast
Total
4.1%
5.3%
Super Premium+
10.9%
12.6%
Premium
7.6%
7.3%
Standard
2.3%
2.2%
Value
(2.0)%
(1.5)%
2015
$85.8bn
2020
$104.6bn
2025 forecast
$135.2bn
Global spirit premiumisation  
is forecast to continue
The value of the global spirits market has been growing, 
with the most premium segments in our top 15 markets.
This trend is expected to continue for the foreseeable 
future, and by 2025 the most premium spirits are forecast 
to make up almost 50% of the global spirits market 
by value.

11
Strategic Report
FEVER-TREE IS AT AN EARLY STAGE  
OF THE TOTAL OPPORTUNITY
These trends underpin the growing interest in long mixed 
drinks amongst consumers. Fever-Tree, with its global 
footprint, brand strength and range, sits at the heart of the 
movement to long mixed drinks, providing the Group with a 
significant volume growth opportunity in the coming years.
How we are responding
Substantial volume growth opportunity1
2022 FT volume
Core opportunity
Stronghold
(incl. UK, Belgium)
•	 Transformed mixer 
category
•	 Clear leadership position 
with significant price 
premium to mainstream 
brands
•	 Higher UK household 
penetration than #1 UK 
beer brand 
Next Wave
(incl. US, Germany, Italy, 
Spain, France, Aus, Canada)
•	 US premium spirits 
category > 10x the size  
of the UK
•	 Strong momentum in 
key European markets
•	 Driving category growth 
and premiumisation in 
Australia and Canada
White space
(incl. Asia, LatAm)
•	 Earlier stage
•	 Focus on establishing 
On-Trade in key cities
•	 Long-term opportunity 
as Western drinking 
habits establish
Adjacencies
•	 Significant opportunities 
beyond carbonated mixers
•	 Extending into non-
carbonated cocktail 
mixers in the US & UK
•	 Exploring premium adult 
soft drinks, starting with 
the UK
1	 Chart based on Group estimates – methodology based on mixability of premium carbonated mixers to premium spirits 
alongside underlying category growth assumptions – chart not to scale

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
12
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
WHY WE EXIST
Fever-Tree is the world’s leading supplier of premium 
carbonated mixers for alcoholic spirits by retail sales value, 
with distribution to over 85 countries internationally
DELIVERING SUSTAINABLE FUTURE  
GROWTH AND A POSITIVE SOCIAL IMPACT
Read more / pages 18 and 19
IN
NO
VA
TI
ON
Read more / pages 2 to 5
Read more / pages 26 and 27
Read more / page 31
MARKET TRENDS AND 
CUSTOMER INSIGHTS
Our teams study consumer 
trends to understand attitudes, 
motivations and drink 
preferences.
SOURCING OUR 
INGREDIENTS
We use only the highest quality 
ingredients in our products, 
responsibly sourced from  
around the world. 
OUTSOURCED MANUFACTURING, 
PACKAGING AND DISTRIBUTION
Our outsourced manufacturing, 
close to our end markets to 
reduce emissions, allows for 
scalability and operational 
flexibility. 
DISTRIBUTION TO ON-TRADE AND 
OFF-TRADE CUSTOMERS
Our On- and Off-Trade teams 
have well established,  
long-term relationships  
with our customers.
INNOVATION
We innovate to extend our 
flavours and formats and 
ensure our products reflect 
the drinking habits and taste 
profiles for the region. 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
We invest in multiple platforms 
to promote the brand, educate 
consumers and activate new 
products, increasingly alongside 
spirits partners.
DRIVEN BY  
OUR PASSION AND  
COMMITMENT TO 
SUSTAINABILITY
PA
RT
NE
RS
HI
P
S
Read more / pages 41 to 61

13
Strategic Report
WHAT THIS MEANS 
FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS
Committed to doing business in a way that is  
beneficial to all our stakeholders
OUR PEOPLE
Providing wider employment and personal 
development opportunities aligned with a 
strong, entrepreneurial culture.
Read more / pages 60 and 61
OUR CONSUMERS
Consumers get the choice and quality they 
require to have the best drinking experiences 
both at home and in bars and restaurants.
Read more / pages 16 and 17
OUR SUPPLIERS
As our business grows, so does the demand 
for our suppliers’ products and services 
alongside the opportunity for closer 
collaboration and partnerships.
Read more / page 57
OUR INVESTORS
Strong returns based upon first mover 
advantage and growth opportunities across 
the globe.
Read more / pages 63 to 66
OUR CUSTOMERS
As a premium product, we provide attractive 
margins to our On and Off-Trade customers 
as well as stimulating interest in the wider 
mixer category and long mixed drink trend.
Read more / pages 18 and 19
OUR COMMUNITIES
As we grow, we drive economic value through 
our supply chain, creating wider employment 
opportunities as well as investing in projects 
and partnerships in local communities, both 
where we source from but also where our 
products are consumed.
Read more / page 14 and 15

14
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
“Maintaining biodiversity has never been more 
important in the climate change conversation. 
Fever-Tree is proud to partner with All Bar 
One to further the Tiny Forest movement 
in the UK to create urban green spaces that 
support wildlife and connect communities 
closer with nature.”
JAMES ARCHER
Head of Sustainability
Find out more at the Earthwatch website:  
www.earthwatch.org.uk/
The initiative will contribute to a wider aim of creating 
more than 3,000 Tiny Forests across the world.

15
Strategic Report
OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION 
DELIVERING FOR…
OUR COMMUNITIES
In 2022 we teamed up with All Bar One to support the Tiny Forest 
movement across the country. Together, we are investing in the 
care of over 150 Tiny Forests through local community support and 
forest maintenance. Our partnership is helping grow a network of 
local community volunteers committed to tree care in Tiny Forests 
throughout the UK with over 370 Tree Keeper volunteers to date.
TINY FORESTS
WE BELIEVE IN ENRICHING BIODIVERSITY IN PLACES WHERE OUR 
DRINKS ARE ENJOYED, AND WHERE WE LIVE AND WORK. THAT’S WHY 
SINCE 2021, WE’VE BEEN PARTNERED WITH ENVIRONMENTAL CHARITY 
EARTHWATCH EUROPE, TO PLANT LONDON’S FIRST-EVER TINY FOREST 
AND SUPPORT THE WIDER PROGRAMME ACROSS THE UK.

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
16
OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION CONTINUED
DELIVERING FOR…
OUR CONSUMERS
As such this year we opened our first branded and operated airport bar at 
Edinburgh Airport, giving the brand fantastic exposure and providing passengers 
with a premium cocktail and cafe experience before their flights. The extensive 
drinks menu uses a broad range of Fever-Tree products to create a range of serves 
to showcase the versatility of the brand across different spirits categories. 
The results since the bar opened in May have been overwhelmingly encouraging, 
demonstrating a clear consumer demand for this type of offering at airports.
EDINBURGH AIRPORT BAR
WE IDENTIFIED A GAP IN THE HOSPITALITY OFFERING AT AIRPORTS. 
WHILST THE PUB MARKET IS WELL SERVED AND THERE IS ALSO A VERY 
EXCLUSIVE CHAMPAGNE OFFER THERE IS NO DEDICATED OFFERING TO 
MEET THE CURRENT DEMAND AND TREND FOR COCKTAILS.

Strategic Report
17
Our business model enables us to provide consumers 
with unrivalled drinking experiences as well as 
educating them and introducing new products 
and drinks.
Find out more at www.fever-tree.com/en_GB/article/fever-tree-bar
“Over a decade on from when we pioneered 
premium mixers, we continue to lead the 
way in elevating drinking experiences – this 
time at an international travel hub that is 
Edinburgh Airport, with our first-ever airport 
bar and café.”
TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
18
OUR BUSINESS MODEL IN ACTION CONTINUED 
DELIVERING FOR…
OUR CUSTOMERS
To this end, earlier this year, Fever-Tree’s On-Trade team invited 12 of the leading 
bartenders in the UK for a day of foraging and drink development on the  
Wasing Estate in Southern England. 
We tasted, picked, and collected ingredients with foraging equipment, to then be led 
through a flavour extraction session which included live distilling and extraction as 
well as using a larder of preserved ingredients for us to get creative with.
INGREDIENT HUNTING
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH ON AND OFF-TRADE CUSTOMERS 
REMAINS CENTRAL TO THE SUCCESS OF FEVER-TREE AS WE WORK 
IN TANDEM TO DRIVE INTEREST AND EXCITEMENT IN THE LONG 
MIXED DRINK OPPORTUNITY.

Strategic Report
19
Find out more at www.fever-tree.com/en_GB/article/ingredient-hunting
“Our bartender colleagues share Fever-Tree’s 
passion and focus on quality and flavour of 
ingredients in the creation of cocktails and 
events such as this give a fantastic opportunity 
to share ideas and knowledge for future 
collaboration and drinks development.”
JAMES MOWBRAY-PRATT
Fever-Tree On-Trade Manager

20
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
OUR STRATEGY
A FORWARD-LOOKING STRATEGY
 While our long-term strategy remains unchanged as it 
continues to be driven by the strong global trend to long 
mixed drinks, our growing global footprint, as well as our 
excellent track record against the competition, it also evolves 
to reflect the nearer-term challenges and opportunities.
1
RECOGNISING & CAPITALISING 
ON MARKET TRENDS
2
KEEPING 
INNOVATION & 
MARKETING AT  
THE HEART OF  
THE BUSINESS 
4
BUILDING AND 
IMPROVING OUR 
CAPABILITIES  
TO SET US UP FOR 
FUTURE GROWTH
3
BROADENING AND DEEPENING  
OUR ROUTE TO MARKET
All underpinned by a focus on growing and supporting our team who have  
always been, and remain, the most important part of the business.

Strategic Report
21
2022 saw the exploration of two 
exciting adjacent opportunities  
for long-term growth in the UK.
The first notable initiative we 
have started to explore this year 
is within the premium adult soft 
drink category.
We have long understood that our 
products’ natural ingredients, adult 
flavour profiles and low-calorie 
options, alongside the sophistication 
of our brand, means we are ideally 
and uniquely positioned to extend 
into the premium soft drink occasion. 
This belief has been underpinned 
by initial trials we have conducted 
with a major UK retailer over the 
last 12 months, which has seen a 
small number of our products placed 
within the adult soft drink section of 
the store.
While at a relatively early stage, 
we believe the category presents 
a significant long-term adjacency 
for the brand. In the near term, 
the positive results of the trial have 
enabled us to secure incremental 
distribution and the successful launch 
of a 4x250ml can format to support 
the roll-out. This will be followed 
by new flavours and extending into 
other channels as we build out the 
opportunity in the coming years.
The second significant initiative is 
within the non-carbonated mixer 
category in the US, which includes 
Margarita and Bloody Mary mixers.
The category value is larger than 
either Tonic Water or Ginger Beer 
and has grown by 58% since 2019. 
This growth has been driven by the 
premium end, which has grown at 
over 100%, compared to growth of 
40%1 for the mainstream segment.
What makes this category even 
more compelling is that no brand 
as yet has a dominant share and we 
believe Fever-Tree, with our brand 
credentials, proven track record in 
innovation, strong relationships with 
the trade, and broad distribution, 
is in an unrivalled position to take 
advantage of the opportunity.
To accelerate Fever-Tree’s entry into 
this category, in 2022 we acquired 
Powell & Mahoney, a premium non-
carbonated mixer brand, with an 
attractive asset-light business model 
and a good track record of growth. 
We are excited to use their existing 
distribution as an ideal platform to 
launch the Fever-Tree brand into 
this category.
Progress in 2022
1
RECOGNISING & CAPITALISING  
ON MARKET TRENDS
1	 Nielsen L52 to 30 June 2022

22
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
2
KEEPING INNOVATION & MARKETING  
AT THE HEART OF THE BUSINESS
Read our Chief Executive’s review / pages 28 to 30
Over the last few years, the strong 
and secure financial position of the 
Group has enabled us to remain 
focused on the long-term opportunity, 
maintain a good level of investment 
and make strategic progress.
Central to this has been our 
continued investment in our 
innovation pipeline alongside our 
broad range of marketing activities 
across our regions, helping us 
build the brand through consumer 
recruitment and retention.
We continue to expand our portfolio 
to cater to a greater number of spirit 
occasions and consumer tastes, with 
several significant launches in 2022, 
including our Passionfruit & Lime 
Limited Edition Tonic in the UK and 
our Distillers Cola and Blood Orange 
Ginger Beer in the US.
Maintaining our investment behind 
the brand as we scale is crucial and 
we will continue to focus on multi-
channel campaigns across markets, 
utilising retail displays, above the 
Progress in 2022
OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED
line exposure, co-promotions, Airport 
Bars, pop-up bars and On-Trade 
activations to increase the brand’s 
presence, trial and excitement.

Strategic Report
23
3
BROADENING AND DEEPENING  
OUR ROUTE TO MARKET
Find out more / www.fever-tree.com/en_CA
We remain focused on ensuring 
we are working with the right 
distribution partners for the next 
stage of our development across our 
regions, partnering with those who 
match our ambitions, have good reach 
and are willing to invest alongside the 
brand.
To this end and reflecting the long-
term opportunity we see, Fever-Tree 
has made two significant route-to-
market changes during 2022. Firstly, 
in Canada we have transitioned to a 
larger distribution partner, Tree of 
Life, who will support our long-term 
growth ambitions in this attractive 
market using their 70+ years of 
experience in the Canadian market, 
their strong sales team, and broad 
coverage across all channels and 
geographies.
In Asia we have also made an 
important change to our route-to-
market, having spent some years 
seeding the brand at the premium 
end of the On-Trade. The brand has 
agreed to take on Asahi Breweries 
as our new distribution partner in 
Japan, with a three-year exclusive 
deal starting in January 2023. This 
move is reflective of Asahi’s belief in 
the significant future opportunity of 
the premium mixer and adult soft 
drink category, and their strong belief 
that Fever-Tree is the brand to unlock 
this opportunity. Asahi is the largest 
beer company in Japan and as such 
has very significant reach across both 
the On and Off-trade, and to this end 
we are excited about working with 
them in this potentially valuable and 
significant market.
Progress in 2022 

24
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED
4
BUILDING AND IMPROVING OUR CAPABILITIES TO SET US 
UP FOR FUTURE GROWTH, WITH A FOCUS ON EFFICIENCY
Read our Chief Executive’s review / pages 28 to 30
As well as maintaining our 
investment in the brand, we have 
continued to focus on setting up our 
operations for the future to drive 
volume growth, as well as improve 
our efficiency.
Over the last three years we have been 
building our capabilities to scale the 
brand by expanding the number of 
global production sites to ten across 
the UK, Europe and the US. 
2022 saw the continued ramp-up 
of our partner’s bottling facility on 
the East Coast of the US which will 
reduce our reliance on sea freight and 
start to build economies of scale as we 
continue to grow. 
We have also been investing in our 
team, especially within supply chain 
as well as in technology, including 
a new wide-ranging programme 
embedded into all our global 
Progress in 2022 
operations to give us best-in-class 
ways of working, new data and 
insights to manage any potential 
disruption, as well as underpinning 
our future growth.

Strategic Report
25

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
26
Q&A WITH ROSE
“Innovation is – and has always been –  
at the heart of our business and lies  
within the very foundations of the brand.”
ROSE COTTINGHAM
Innovation Director
HOW HAS OUR INNOVATION  
MADE A DIFFERENCE?
INNOVATION

27
Strategic Report
Can you tell us a bit about 
what your role entails?
My role is about working closely with 
teams across the business to identify 
and develop new opportunities for us 
as a brand, be it a new flavour, a new 
format or even a new range – taking 
them from those initial conversations 
through to seeing them on shelf or 
behind the bar!
What are some key 
innovations the team has 
been working on during 
the year?
It’s essential for me to make sure that 
our innovation stays true to the brand 
ethos, working hand in hand with 
our teams across the world to ensure 
we have the right products in the 
right markets to cater for different 
consumer habits. 
This year has seen us introduce new 
variety packs into the UK, our new 
Adult Soft range as well as continuing 
with our Limited Edition mixers such 
as our Damson and Sloe Tonic which 
has already become a firm favourite 
with our consumers.
But it’s not just the UK; our other 
regions have been keeping the team 
very busy, nowhere more so than the 
US where we were really excited to 
see the launch of our Blood Orange 
Ginger Beer in partnership with 
Maker’s Mark.
How does the team work 
with partners & suppliers? 
We have spent years forming 
collaborative relationships with a 
select, carefully chosen group of 
suppliers. When working with any 
supplier or partner, it’s important 
that they not only understand what 
our brand is about but share our 
focus and commitment in the pursuit 
of excellence – be it in the ingredients 
we source, the liquids we create or the 
role sustainability plays throughout 
our supply chain.
You mention sustainability; 
how important is it when 
it comes to selecting the 
ingredients you use?
We ensure that we are sourcing our 
ingredients responsibly and take 
this approach to all of our product 
development. Ingredient trips 
continue to be a focal part of this, 
as we recognise that understanding 
where and how ingredients are 
grown is extremely important and 
these visits allow us to understand 
more about the climate and how it 
can impact crops and the ingredient 
journey, from seed to sip.
What are the next big 
trends in drinks?
Landscapes are always evolving and  
it is important to stay abreast of them 
and to then be able to differentiate 
between fads and more longer-term 
trends that will shape consumers’ 
behaviours in the long term.
There is no doubt the twin waves of 
premiumisation and the popularity of 
spirits are continuing to drive trends 
around the world. In fact, 2022 
was the first year that spirits have 
overtaken beer in terms of market 
share in the US, a pretty momentous 
stat and one that underpins the 
growing focus on long mixed drinks 
– such as the Mule, the Spritz, the 
Highball or of course the G&T –
across the globe.
You must get to visit some 
amazing places as part of 
your role. What has been 
your most memorable trip?
It’s certainly a big perk of the role! 
I’ve been lucky enough to spend time 
in Spain exploring oranges, travel up 
to Herefordshire to hunt for the very 
best damsons and most recently the 
team have been to India to explore 
different varieties of ginger. The most 
memorable visit for me was to Mexico 
to visit the distillery of a key spirit 
partner, learning all about Tequila 
production and then visiting the 
agave crops to help with the harvest 
before sampling the end product 
(mixed with our Mexican Lime Soda 
of course!).

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
28
A STRONGER POSITION
REVENUE 
£344.3m
(2021: £311.1m)
CASH
£95.3m
(2021: £166.2m)
2022
£344.3m
2022
£95.3m
2021
£311.1m
2021
£166.2m
2020
£252.1m
2020
£143.1m
“Whilst the business grows in depth, breadth and 
complexity, we continue to maintain and champion 
our entrepreneurial ethos.”
Performance overview
Once again, Fever-Tree has delivered 
a robust set of results during another 
remarkably challenging year. As 
well as extending our position as 
the number one premium mixer 
brand globally, the Group has started 
to develop several key adjacent 
opportunities for the brand, as well 
as strengthening our relationships 
across our supply chain, and evolving 
our route-to-market in several 
key markets.
I am also delighted to report on the 
continuing global popularity of the 
brand as we were voted “Number One 
Top Selling Mixer” and “Number One 
Top Trending Mixer” for the ninth 
year running by Drinks International. 
Another demonstration of the 
brand leading the global premium 
mixer category.
The Group delivered revenue of 
£344.3m, representing an increase of 
10.7% year-on-year. This was a very 
positive performance in the context of 
continued On-Trade disruption across 
our markets in the first quarter of 
2022, followed by subdued consumer 
confidence as the cost of living rose 
during the year. Despite the well-
publicised headwinds, the On-Trade 
recovered well, especially across 
Europe and in the US, where we saw 
particularly good growth.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
“The combination of our first mover advantage, track 
record against competition, increasing international 
footprint, product range, global brand recognition, 
and relationships puts us in an unrivalled position  
to capture the significant global opportunity.”
TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer

29
Strategic Report
Whilst the Group delivered good 
top-line growth, industry-wide 
logistics challenges and inflationary 
cost pressures impacted our margins 
for the full year, with gross margins 
reducing to 34.5%. We delivered 
adjusted EBITDA of £39.7m, a 
decrease of 36.8% year-on-year, as 
we continued to invest behind the 
brand and our team, with operating 
expenses at 23.0% (2021: 21.9%) 
of revenue. Profit before tax was 
£31.0m, a 44.1% decrease compared 
to 2021, and we ended the year with 
a strong balance sheet and net cash 
of £95.3m, a decrease of 42.7% 
year-on-year, following the award 
of a £50m special dividend to all 
shareholders in May 2022.
The management team remains 
incredibly focused on driving gross 
margin improvement in the coming 
years. Whilst we recognise that 
many of the headwinds faced by the 
business are transitory, we are also 
working hard on a range of profit 
optimisation initiatives to ensure  
the business operates efficiently as  
it continues to grow at pace.
Our team have continued to work very 
closely with our partners throughout 
our supply chain to help mitigate 
against increased levels of supply 
chain disruption and inflationary 
pressures that have impacted the 
industry this year. Logistics challenges 
were widespread, particularly with 
regards to the shipping of product 
to the US, with port congestion and 
continued rates inflation impacting 
shipping availability, lead times, 
pricing and other disruption charges, 
such as demurrage. These headwinds 
impacted the business significantly 
throughout the year and were 
compounded by delays in ramping 
up production at our partner’s new 
US East Coast bottling plant, making 
us more reliant on transatlantic 
freight than we had predicted at 
the start of the year. However, as 
the year progressed, US sea freight 
disruption started to subside as we 
continued to scale up production 
with our US bottler. This sets up the 
business well going into 2023, adding 
further capacity and flexibility to our 
network, positioning us to realise our 
substantial ambition in the US market.
We are now a truly global company, 
available in over 85 countries and 
produced across ten sites globally; 
seven bottling sites and three 
canning sites. Our increasingly local 
production network will underpin 
our growth ambitions in both Europe 
and the US, continue to mitigate our 
exposure to elevated logistics costs, 
and will help to reduce the carbon 
emissions associated with our supply 
chain operations.
People and Culture
The Group continues to grow at pace 
across multiple regions, and we have 
made a significant investment in new 
hires over the last few years to ensure 
we have the appropriate structure and 
resource to satisfy our global growth 
ambitions.
A focus for our recruitment during 
2022 has been on senior hires within 
our supply chain team as the business 
grows and becomes more complex,  
as well as within our IT infrastructure 
team to support the implementation 
of a new end-to-end operational 
processes programme which will 
embed technology across our global 
operations to facilitate best-in-class 
ways of working, data and insights.
Whilst the business grows in depth, 
breadth and complexity, we continue 
to maintain and champion our 
entrepreneurial ethos. Ensuring that 
we maintain an informal and open 
structure and culture that enables  
all of our team members to feel that 
they can make a real difference  
to the business, whatever their role  
or seniority.
Sustainability
Our sustainability framework has 
been developed to ensure the business 
focuses on the right areas to deliver 
meaningful change. Fever-Tree’s 
Roots & Branches approach caters 
to both the environmental and 
social aspects of sustainability and 
is aligned with the United Nations 
Sustainable Development Goals. 
As part of the business’s ongoing 
commitment to sustainability, our 
ESG Committee meets quarterly 
to assess progress and navigate 
sustainability challenges. 
See the regional reviews / pages 32 to 39

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
30
Fever-Tree’s five sustainability 
branches help deliver against our 
environmental and social aims. 
A focus on climate, conservation 
and the circular economy drive 
the environmental side of our 
sustainability approach whilst our 
work with communities and our 
colleagues ensures we’re championing 
social betterment. 
We continue to conduct an annual 
cradle-to-grave lifecycle assessment 
on our UK products and plan 
to extend this to our other key 
markets going forward. This will 
help us understand the potential 
environmental benefits of operational 
change such as the on-shoring of 
sourcing and production capabilities 
in the USA and Australia, reducing 
sea freight requirements between 
continents. Similarly, the strict 
requirements we set ourselves for 
offsetting ensure we’re contributing 
to conservation by investing in 
nature-based solutions within our 
supply chain.
We’ve also supported initiatives closer 
to home by extending our partnership 
with Earthwatch to manage their 
UK portfolio of urban forests. We 
continue to avoid using PET in our 
product packaging, instead opting 
for infinitely recyclable glass and 
aluminium, and are committed to 
pursuing further initiatives to support 
the circular economy going forward. 
The social side of our sustainability 
approach is equally important to 
us which is why we continue to 
develop our approach to supplier due 
diligence to ensure we’re operating in 
a responsible way, whilst supporting 
charitable initiatives both across our 
markets and where we live and work. 
The year ahead will mark our tenth 
year partnering with Malaria No 
More to help the organisation achieve 
its goal of eliminating malaria and we 
have been very encouraged by recent 
developments regarding a possible 
malaria vaccine and the transformative 
impact this could have.
Our Diversity, Equality and 
Inclusion committee meets regularly 
to discuss how best to support 
our own employees alongside the 
communities we serve, and we 
continue to work with charities 
such as Future Frontiers to support 
local communities and engage our 
employees in meaningful causes. 
Summary and long-term 
opportunity
As detailed above, I am encouraged 
by all that we have achieved at 
Fever-Tree during 2022. Despite 
the significant unforeseen external 
challenges, we have not only delivered 
strong top-line growth but increased 
our global reach and category 
opportunities, as well as making 
strategic supply chain progress,  
all of which will help ensure the 
medium and long-term success  
of the business.
Furthermore, Fever-Tree’s growth 
remains underpinned by strong 
global trends to premium mixed and 
cocktail drinks. With the popularity 
of consuming spirits growing ahead 
of wine and beer occasions, and 
the continued premiumisation of 
the spirit and mixer categories our 
confidence in the future growth 
potential for the brand is stronger 
than ever1.
The value of the global spirits market 
has been growing and premium 
spirits have been driving this growth. 
From 2016 to 2021 the value of the 
premium and super premium spirits 
categories across Fever-Tree’s top 15 
markets grew by 64%, to comprise 
over 40% of the category value, 
significantly outperforming the 
standard and value segments. And 
this trend is forecast to continue so 
that by 2025 the premium and super 
premium segments comprise almost 
50% of the category value2.
Fever-Tree, as the largest global 
premium mixer brand is the primary 
driver of premium mixer category 
growth, which complements the 
expansion of the premium spirit 
category. The combination of our first 
mover advantage, track record against 
competition, increasing international 
footprint, product range, global brand 
recognition, and relationships puts us 
in an unrivalled position to capture 
the significant global opportunity.
Over the last few years, the strong 
and secure financial position of the 
Group has enabled us to remain 
focused on the long-term opportunity, 
maintain a good level of investment 
and make strategic progress. We 
continue to expand our portfolio to 
cater to a greater number of spirit 
occasions and consumer tastes, with 
several significant launches in 2022, 
including our Limited Edition range 
in the UK and our Blood Orange 
Ginger Beer in the US. In addition, 
we started to explore two exciting 
adjacent opportunities for the brand, 
firstly in UK adult soft drinks where 
we have extended the brand into a 
new and significant category, as well 
as non-carbonated mixers in the US 
to capitalise on popular serves such as 
the Margarita and Bloody Mary.
Macro headwinds remain into 
2023; however, we are confident 
of maintaining the Group’s growth 
momentum into the new financial 
year. We will continue to work to 
mitigate the impacts of input cost 
inflation and continued global logistic 
disruption, with a particular focus 
on increasing the production output 
from our US bottlers to decrease our 
reliance on transatlantic freight. 
The Group remains well placed 
financially, with a cash position at 
year end of £95.3m and our asset-
light, outsourced business model 
continues to ensure we have a low 
fixed cost base and the flexibility  
to manage any future challenges.
TIM WARRILLOW
Chief Executive Officer
1	 IWSR
2	 IWSR Fever-Tree Top 15 Markets: Australia, Austria, Benelux, Canada, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, 
Switzerland, UK, USA
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW CONTINUED

31
Strategic Report
COCHIN GINGER
At Fever-Tree, we use  
a blend of three types  
of ginger in our ginger 
beers and ales.
One from the Ivory coast, one 
from Nigeria and one from 
Cochin, India. Uniquely zesty 
with a bright warm spice, 
the Cochin ginger works in 
harmony with its counterparts, 
perfectly balancing the citrus-
forward lemongrass freshness 
of our Ivory Coast ginger and 
the deep earthy richness of the 
dried Nigerian ginger.
A team from Fever-Tree, 
including our co-founder Tim, 
recently visited our ginger 
growers, high in the hills of 
Kerala in South West India. 
This region, verdant and 
lush, is famously known as 
the ‘Spice Garden of India’; 
renowned for growing an 
abundance of spices including 
cardamom, green pepper, 
black pepper, turmeric, 
nutmeg, chillies and of  
course ginger.
The visit gave the team an 
opportunity to deepen their 
knowledge of the ginger grown 
in the region, be updated on 
their sustainability initiatives 
as well as sample a wide 
variety of spices and talk about 
our ongoing partnership.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com/
en_GB/our-approach

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
32
BUSINESS REVIEW – UK
FEVER-TREE CONTINUES TO  
LEAD THE UK MIXER CATEGORY 
UK REVENUE 
£116.2m
Gin is recalibrating from its pre-
COVID levels, however, the wider 
Spirits category continues to grow in 
popularity, increasing in sales value 
by 13.4% compared to 20193, and 
providing more opportunities for 
Fever-Tree to be present on menus 
as part of the ever-popular long 
mixed drinking occasion. As we enter 
2023, I am confident that Fever-
Tree’s brand strength, unrivalled 
range of products, with exciting 
new innovation to launch and our 
excellent relationships with the trade 
position us well to continue to build 
on our market-leading position. 
In the Off-Trade the mixer category 
was lapping tough comparators after 
a strong period of sales during the 
lockdowns of 2020 and 2021 and 
declined by 11% in 20224. The brand 
has held its volume share within 
the category and remains by far the 
largest premium mixer brand at UK 
retail with a rate-of-sale on shelf 
seven times higher than the average 
rate-of-sale of other premium mixers5. 
In addition, the spirits category 
continues to perform well at retail, 
with rum the stand-out performer6. 
These trends supported the growing 
popularity of our Gingers. 
2022 highlights 
Fever-Tree delivered £116.2m  
revenue in the UK, a slight decrease 
of 1.8% year-on-year. The brand 
continues to lead the UK mixer 
category, with 45% value share,  
more than 20 times larger than the 
next premium mixer brand  
and c.50% larger than Schweppes1. 
We remain the mixer brand of choice 
for UK consumers, with the highest 
household penetration of any mixer 
brand during 20222.
Fever-Tree’s sales in the On-Trade 
increased by 28% year-on-year 
despite the impact of strikes and 
disruption during the key December 
trading period. We continue to build 
our market share in the On-Trade, 
which increased to c.50% and our 
distribution and relationships with 
key customers are stronger than ever. 
It was pleasing to see the On-Trade 
recover during the first half of the 
year, to become an integral part 
of consumer social occasions once 
again, although the over-45 age 
demographic has been slower 
to return. 
Our Ginger Ale volume has grown 
c.80% at retail since 2019 after strong 
distribution gains and underscores 
the wider opportunity for our broad 
portfolio of products.
Strategic progress
The Group continued to invest in 
marketing through various channels 
and platforms. We launched a new 
campaign in the first half of the year, 
“We’d Say T&G”, which included our 
first national appearance on UK radio 
stations, alongside social media and 
out-of-home on large visual displays.
The On-Trade has always been a vital 
part of Fever-Tree’s brand visibility 
and as a vehicle for promoting trial, 
and so we were proactive in this 
channel as it rebuilt. It was great 
to see a full programme of events 
back in the UK, which we took full 
advantage of with Fever-Tree branded 
bars at some of the country’s most 
iconic sporting events, such as Royal 
Ascot, The Oval, and Polo in the Park. 
Another On-Trade highlight was our 
Summer of Spritz activation with 
Bill’s, which included branded Bill’s 
terraces and bespoke menus, leading 
to a significant uplift in Fever-Tree 
sales across their estate and perfectly 
showcased our premium flavoured 
Soda range.

33
Strategic Report
Innovation has always been at the 
core of the business as we aim to 
excite and stimulate the category, 
capturing the latest consumer trends, 
and building on our premium mixing 
credentials. We launched a new 
Limited Edition Passionfruit & Lime 
Tonic for Spring/Summer, combining 
popular seasonal flavours to great 
effect, exciting the category, and 
bringing incremental value through 
additional sales.
Beyond innovation with our core 
mixers, 2022 saw the exploration of 
two exciting adjacent opportunities 
for long-term growth in the UK.
Firstly, we started to position some of 
our products for the adult soft drink 
occasion following successful trials 
with one of the UK’s major retailers 
during the first half of this year. The 
response to these trials reaffirmed 
our long-standing belief that our 
products’ natural ingredients, 
adult flavour profiles and low-
calorie options, combined with the 
sophistication of the brand, means we 
are ideally positioned to extend into 
this category. 
The first phase of our trials used our 
existing products and formats, which 
outsold many of the well-established 
premium soft drink brands. This 
encouraged us to progress to the 
second phase of our trials in the third 
quarter of the year, introducing a new 
4x250ml can format which has driven 
a strong performance in this category, 
with our Soft Drink sales growing 
by 37% in Q4 2022 compared to the 
same quarter in 2021. 
Next year we will launch new flavours 
specifically crafted for the adult soft 
drink category as we build out the 
opportunity over the coming years.
The second exciting opportunity has 
been the launch of our first airport 
bar. After identifying a gap in the 
market for premium long mixed 
drinks in a sophisticated setting 
at airports, we created a one-of-a-
kind Fever-Tree bar at Edinburgh 
airport, which opened in May. This 
has provided a great way to showcase 
the brand in a new setting and 
has performed very strongly since 
opening, significantly exceeding our 
sales expectations and demonstrating 
a clear consumer demand for this 
type of offering at airports.
The UK Outlook 
Overall, I’m pleased with the 
progress the brand has made in 
the UK during the year. Unlike 
in many of our other markets, 
where significant whitespace 
exists for the category and 
the brand, the fantastic job 
that we have done in the UK 
in achieving such a strong 
market share, high household 
penetration, and widespread 
distribution across both 
channels means that we will 
naturally be more exposed to 
further softening of consumer 
sentiment. Notwithstanding 
this, the resilience of the spirit 
category, our position as an 
affordable luxury, and the 
new adjacent opportunities 
we have identified gives us 
confidence to manage the brand 
with a long-term horizon and 
make the right choices around 
pricing and investment that 
will continue to position us 
for sustained success in this 
market. 
THE PERFECT TONIC: WE’VE LANDED AT EDINBURGH AIRPORT
2022 saw the brand open 
our first-ever bar and café 
at Edinburgh Airport. 
Our drinks menu showcases the 
very best from the world of long 
mixed drinks, with our Fever-Tree 
range complementing expertly 
selected spirits, alongside beer, 
wine and bubbles.
The perfect pairings don’t stop 
there. We’re also serving food with 
delicious breakfast options, small 
plates and platters made with local 
and seasonal ingredients. Gin-
cured olives, chorizo cooked in our 
very own Ginger beer and whisky-
cured salmon are a few of the 
many delicious dishes on offer.
1	 CGA & IRI 13 weeks to 16/06/2022
2	 Kantar
3	 CGA
4	 IRI 2022
5	 IRI YTD 10/07/2022 (Other premium brands: 
Schweppes 1783; Fentimans; London Essence; 
Merchant’s Heart; Double Dutch)
6	 Nielsen YTD 12/09/2022

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
34
BUSINESS REVIEW – US
THE BRAND GOES FROM  
STRENGTH TO STRENGTH
Our focus on high quality On-Trade 
accounts, successful introduction  
of new products, and relationships 
with our On-Trade customers, as 
well as our strong partnership with 
Southern Glazer’s Wines and Spirits 
(SGWS), gives us confidence that  
we will continue to drive growth in 
this important channel, with a lot  
of whitespace still ahead of us.
Fever-Tree also had a strong 
performance in the Off-Trade,  
with value growth of 10% compared 
to 2021, and 117% compared to 
2019. Within the portfolio we have 
seen particularly strong growth in 
Premium Club Soda as consumers 
search for premium low calorie, low 
sugar options more frequently, as well 
as maintaining our number one value 
share in Ginger Beer10.
Fever-Tree is the largest premium 
mixer brand in the US, over two 
times larger than the next premium 
competitor. We continue to gain share 
within the total mixer market with 
our superior rate-of-sale, driven by 
our increasing awareness, popularity, 
new product development, and format 
evolution. Despite having to navigate 
significant logistics headwinds, we 
maintained our strong relationships 
with our customers and significantly 
improved our stock position during 
the second half of the year. 
US REVENUE 
£95.6m
2022 highlights
Fever-Tree grew revenues by 22.7% 
during 2022 to deliver £95.6m sales 
(13% at constant currency); another 
good performance in the US despite 
the operational challenges we faced 
which meant we weren’t able to fully 
satisfy the strong underlying demand 
for the brand at certain points during 
the year.
The spirits market continues to grow 
and premiumise, led by Tequila7, 
supporting the growth of premium 
mixers which are outpacing the 
growth of mainstream mixer brands8. 
Fever-Tree is helping to drive these 
trends, growing three times faster 
than the wider mixer category over 
the last three years9.
Fever-Tree’s On-Trade sales have been 
strong as the channel rebounded 
quickly and the brand benefited from 
the significant new distribution won 
over the period since the pandemic 
began, including in 2022 more than 
1,000 new points of distribution 
in Marriott Hotels, along with new 
accounts at Disney and Hilton Luxury 
Hotels, to name but a few. During 
the year, we increased our number 
of On-Trade distribution points by 
30% as we strengthened our position 
as the premium mixer of choice in 
this channel.
7	 IWSR 2021
8	 Nielsen
9 	 Nielsen
10	Nielsen & IRI

35
Strategic Report
The US Outlook 
After another exciting and 
productive year, where we 
continued to recruit new 
customers, increased our 
distribution, introduced new 
products, and worked with 
multiple spirit partners on 
successful co-promotion 
campaigns, we created more 
demand than ever for the brand 
and extended our market-leading 
position. This performance, 
along with the supportive 
trends of long mixed drinking 
and premiumisation makes us 
confident of driving further 
growth next year and beyond. 
DRIVING BRAND VISIBILITY
Our branded Fever-Tree Mixer 
Truck has been on tour around the 
country with three day stops in 
four key markets: New York, LA, 
Austin and Miami. 
Our merchandise and pop-up bars 
give the brand great visibility and 
enable us to provide consumers 
with a fantastic experience as they 
enjoy perfectly crafted cocktails 
using a range of Fever-Tree mixers.
With healthy inventory and increased 
local production in the US we are 
confident of fully satisfying the 
demand for the brand and delivering 
a year of strong growth in 2023.
Strategic progress
We have made some significant 
strategic steps during 2022, with 
investment across marketing, new 
product development, new formats, 
as well as an acquisition to accelerate 
our growth into the non-carbonated 
mixer category – an exciting new 
opportunity for the brand.
Our multi-channel approach to 
brand building encompassed a 
number of platforms and activations 
this year, including digital, such as 
YouTube and social media, where 
we have delivered messaging on the 
quality of our ingredients and “how 
to” tutorials, and a TVC on Hulu 
and Disney+. In addition, we have 
introduced online grocery sampling 
where we have included samples of 
Ginger Beer and Ginger Ale in online 
grocery orders with some of our key 
retailers, such as Albertsons-Safeway.
We continue to support the On-Trade 
with “Fever-Tree perfect serve menus”, 
custom menu boards, outdoor 
parasols and other merchandise, as 
well as creating our own pop-up bars 
across the country, including in the 
Four Seasons LA and Chicago, and a 
Winter Chateau at the Pendry Hotel 
rooftop in Chicago. 
The team remain focused on US 
consumer drinking trends so 
that we can innovate in the most 
impactful way, creating mixers to 
pair with popular, fast-growing and 
premiumising spirits. Following the 
successful introduction of Sparkling 
Pink Grapefruit (targeting the 
Tequila occasion) and Lime and 
Yuzu (targeting the Tequila and 
Vodka occasions) over recent years, 
our latest exciting addition to the 
portfolio during 2022 was Blood 
Orange Ginger Beer, broadening 
our Ginger Beer flavours offering, 
in the same way we have with our 
Tonic range as a way to stimulate 
growth by recruiting new consumers 
and prompting existing consumers 
to try something new. Partnering 
with Maker’s Mark has helped to 
propel our Blood Orange Ginger Beer 
launch, which has gained good initial 
distribution across Publix, Kroger 
and Total Wine, and quickly became 
our most successful ever new product 
launch in the US.
Alongside extending our range 
of carbonated mixers, we are also 
extending into the significant 
opportunity within the non-
carbonated cocktail mixer category 
in the US. This segment of the mixer 
market is higher than the Tonic Water 
and Ginger Beer markets and is 
growing and premiumising at pace8. 
Fever-Tree’s established credentials 
as the US’s largest premium mixer, 
our proven track record in innovation 
to complement popular spirits, and 
our strong customer relationships 
and route to market make us very 
well placed to enter this category. 
Consequently, in August 2022 
we acquired Powell & Mahoney, a 
premium non-carbonated US cocktail 
mixer brand, with national retail 
listings and an asset-light business 
model with an established production 
partner. We believe the acquisition 
will provide Fever-Tree with the ideal 
platform to accelerate the Fever-
Tree brand’s entry into this exciting 
adjacent category and look forward 
to launching our first three non-
carbonated mixers – Margarita Mix, 
Light Margarita Mix, and Bloody 
Mary Mix into retail in the first half 
of 2023.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com/en_US

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
36
BUSINESS REVIEW – EUROPE
ANOTHER YEAR OF  
STRONG GROWTH
2022 highlights
Our European business delivered 
revenue of £101.0m, an increase of 
14.4% year-on-year (16% at constant 
currency). This performance was 
driven by Fever-Tree’s strong growth 
in our Next Wave markets, such as 
Italy and Spain, where the On-Trade 
recovered well and we continue 
to increase our retail distribution, 
leading to market share gains in our 
key markets across the region.
The On-Trade channel accelerated 
in the second quarter following the 
removal of COVID restrictions and 
continued to show good sales growth 
as the year progressed with the return 
of tourism and local pent-up demand 
contributing to a revival of out-of-
home social occasions. Fever-Tree 
saw particularly strong On-Trade 
growth in Benelux, Spain and Italy 
as we increased the range of our 
portfolio and gained significant new 
distribution, contributing to higher 
On-Trade sales during 2022 than  
pre-COVID in 2019 across the region.
The Off-Trade channel was more 
subdued compared to the last two 
lock-down impacted years, but 
Fever-Tree continues to perform well 
especially in some of our key growth 
markets, including Spain, France and 
EUROPE REVENUE 
£101.0m
10 Nielsen & IRI
11	 IWSR
Italy, gaining momentum throughout 
the year. Fever-Tree continues to drive 
growth and premiumisation of the 
mixer category at retail in Europe, 
contributing to about a third of the 
total category’s growth since 2019, 
well ahead of any other premium 
brand, and second only to Schweppes. 
We now hold c.15% of the retail 
branded mixer value share, c.3% 
increase since 201910. One exception 
to our strong progress across the 
region was in Germany where we 
were impacted by softening consumer 
sentiment, but we remain confident 
in our strong brand position within 
this market and expect to continue 
to drive premium mixer growth once 
macro conditions improve.
Long mixed drinks continue to grow 
in popularity across Europe, and as 
part of this, the Gin & Tonic serve is 
performing strongly, with premium 
Gin sales increasing by 15% between 
2019 and 2021, with especially 
strong growth in Italy, France and 
The Nordics11. Fever-Tree is both 
benefiting from and helping to drive 
the trend towards premium Gin & 
Tonics, as well as ensuring we have a 
range of mixers to cater to the wider 
growing premium spirits category.

37
Strategic Report
Strategic progress
We have intensified our focus on 
category management with the aim 
of creating a distinct mixer category 
at retail in key European markets, 
enabling retailers to place more 
emphasis on how visible it is, how 
it’s marketed to consumers and the 
resources that are allocated to the 
space. As the driving force behind 
this evolution, Fever-Tree is gaining 
more brand visibility through shelf 
space and activations, encouraging 
more consumers to trade up to 
premium mixers.
The brand’s growing shelf space 
is enhanced by our expanding 
portfolio. Following the launch of 
our Rhubarb & Raspberry Tonic 
across key European markets last 
year, it has become one of our top 
three selling Tonic flavours across the 
region, leveraging the trends towards 
bright, pink and sweeter mixers. We 
continue to grow our Mediterranean 
Tonic, which is now our most popular 
Tonic across a number of European 
markets, as well as introducing our 
premium flavoured Soda range, 
with the launch of Mexican Lime 
Soda, Blood Orange Soda, and 
Sparkling Pink Grapefruit this year to 
capitalise on the growing popularity 
of the Spritz serve, especially in the 
Summer months.
The focus of our marketing activities 
this year has been a number of above 
the line campaigns, including our 
first national television campaign in 
Italy, contributing to a substantial 
increase in brand awareness, as 
well as continuing our television 
presence in Catalunya, Spain. Both 
campaigns delivered our “3/4” 
message and the importance of the 
quality of our ingredients. We have 
also strengthened our digital presence 
across Europe, with local tailored 
communications to build awareness 
and increase consumer engagement.
The Europe Outlook 
We continue to be confident in 
the opportunity across Europe. 
The premium spirit and mixer 
categories are growing well, 
and Fever-Tree has continued 
to extend its market-leading 
position across the region, 
building significant scale in 
many of the key markets.  
We continue to invest behind 
the opportunity, increasing 
our in-country expertise, 
strengthening our relationships 
with our distributors, 
customers, and spirit partners, 
and have identified a number 
of markets that offer real 
potential over the medium 
and long term.
CROSS BORDER CO-PROMOTIONS
Co-promotions remain a focus 
of our marketing strategy with 
increasingly regional execution to 
deliver consistent initiatives across 
multiple markets, whilst continuing 
to adapt to local preferences, such 
as various campaigns across more 
than ten markets with Lillet, giving 
us the opportunity to provide for 
occasions beyond the G&T.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com/es_ES

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
38
BUSINESS REVIEW – REST OF THE WORLD
THE BRAND’S GLOBAL  
FOOTPRINT CONTINUES TO GROW
Strategic progress
In Australia, we have continued to 
drive distribution growth and optimise 
our range to suit Australian drinking 
occasions. To support our ambition 
to premiumise dark spirit mixing, we 
launched Distillers Cola in Australia’s 
largest liquor retailer, Dan Murphy’s, 
and top-tier On Premise venues. The 
launch of our can format has had a 
positive impact on our sales, leading 
to incremental shelf space and helping 
us to recruit new consumers to the 
brand. In the On-Trade, we continue 
to activate at scale, the highlight 
of which was our own Gin & Tonic 
weekend Festival, hosted in Brisbane.
In Canada, consumers enjoy long 
mixed drinks across a range of serves. 
The versatility of Fever-Tree’s portfolio, 
providing a diverse range of premium 
mixers, including Tonics, Gingers 
and Sparkling categories is therefore 
a strong competitive advantage in 
this market. Following the launch of 
our Sparkling Pink Grapefruit last 
year, our most successful new flavour 
launch in the Canadian market, we 
have continued to focus on our Soda 
and Sparkling liquids to capitalise 
on the popularity of the Paloma and 
Spritz Occasions, as well as continuing 
to command a strong position in 
Tonics and Ginger Beer, where we hold 
around 30% share in both categories14.
ROW REVENUE 
£31.5m
12	CGA
13	Woolworth & Coles retail scanner data
14 Nielsen & IRI
2022 highlights
Fever-Tree delivered revenues of 
£31.5m in our Rest of the World 
Region, an increase of 18.0% year-on-
year, with particularly strong growth 
in Australia, where Fever-Tree grew 
retail sales by 23%, gaining 3.3ppts 
of market share as we drive growth of 
total mixers from the premium end12. 
Our Tonic continues to grow ahead 
of the market, achieving 40% value 
share at grocery in the last 13 weeks 
of the year, up 2.4ppts year-on-year. 
We have also seen very strong growth 
in categories outside of Tonic, with a 
third of our retail value growth from 
our Gingers and Sodas after strong 
distribution gains last year13.
In Canada, the On-Trade in Canada 
still had restrictions until March, 
but recovered well once these were 
lifted, with sales across the channel 
surpassing 2019 levels towards the 
end of the first quarter12. Fever-Tree 
continues to drive the growth of 
the premium mixer category and 
remained the largest premium mixer 
brand by value at Canadian retail. 
Ginger Beer performed incredibly 
well, growing over 8ppts faster than 
the market through new distribution 
with key retailers and expansion into 
our can format10.

39
Strategic Report
In recognition of the long-term 
opportunity we see in Canada, we 
made a significant step change in 
our route-to-market this year by 
transitioning to a new larger, more 
powerful distributor, Tree of Life. 
With over 70 years of experience in 
the Canadian market, Tree of Life’s 
strong multi-channel coverage and 
broad reach has already secured new 
business for the brand, along with 
more activations in both retail and in 
the On-Trade, improving our visibility 
and accessibility to the Trade and 
the consumer.
We have also upgraded our  
route-to-market in Asia this year  
after the brand agreed to take 
on Asahi Breweries as our new 
distribution partner in Japan, with  
a three-year exclusive deal starting  
in January 2023. 
This move is reflective of Asahi’s 
belief in the significant future 
opportunity of the premium mixer 
and adult soft drink category, and 
we are excited about working with a 
company of their size and influence 
to go after the opportunity in this 
potentially valuable market.
Asia remains a region with long-
term potential for Fever-Tree, and 
we continue to set the brand up for 
future success by ensuring it has a 
good presence in high-end bars and 
hotels in cosmopolitan cities, and we 
continue to develop our relationships 
with international and local spirits 
companies, including Bacardi, 
Campari and Diageo. 
GROWING THE BRAND
2022 saw the Brand extend its 
reach across South East Asia with 
our first ever Gin & Tonic Festival 
in Cambodia. 
Working with our distributor 
and various spirit partners, the 
festival attracted 2,000 people over 
two days who got to participate 
in tastings, cocktail making 
competitions, and enjoy other live 
entertainment whilst enjoying a 
Gin & Fever-Tree.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com/en_AU
ROW Outlook 
We are focused on making sure 
we are working with the right 
distribution partners for the 
next stage of our development, 
who match our ambitions, have 
good reach, and are willing to 
invest alongside the brand. 

40
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Sustainability
41
42  Five Branches
44  Our Sustainability Framework & Approach
45  Our environmental and social actions
48  Climate
53  Conservation
55  Circular Economy
57  Communities
60  Colleagues
SUSTAINABILITY
That’s why we’ve built a sustainability framework that pursues best 
practice from an environmental and social standpoint whilst delivering 
against globally accepted targets such as the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals, ensuring we’re focusing on the right areas.
WE ARE A TRULY GLOBAL BRAND COMMITTED TO SERVING OUR COMMUNITIES WITH 
DRINKS MADE FROM QUALITY INGREDIENTS SOURCED IN A RESPONSIBLE WAY. 

42
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
SUSTAINABILITY – OVERVIEW
FIVE BRANCHES
CIRCULAR ECONOMY
CONSERVATION
CLIMATE
OUR BRANCHES
As a business operating across multiple 
geographies and serving a diverse set 
of customers we are aware of the need 
to manufacture our products in an 
environmentally responsible way. For this 
reason, where possible, we use packaging 
materials that have strong circularity 
credentials, opting for infinitely recyclable 
glass bottles and aluminium cans instead 
of PET. 
Read more / pages 55 to 56
CLIMATE ACTION 
LIFE ON LAND
Our ingredients are sourced from around the 
globe, which is why we need to ensure we 
are sourcing in a responsible way, working 
with nature not against it, doing all we can 
to deliver our products to customers and 
consumers whilst minimising our impact on 
the environment. 
Our commitment to sustainability includes 
ensuring we try to play our part in the 
protection of the habitats and landscapes 
where we source our ingredients, manufacture 
our products, and live and work. 
Read more / pages 48 to 52
Read more / pages 53 to 54
2022 Progress
All Fever-Tree products sold in the 
UK are now certified as carbon 
neutral by The Carbon Trust. 
We have made meaningful progress 
in reducing the impact of logistics 
by switching from diesel to HVO 
fuel at one of our key suppliers and 
increasing production capabilities 
in the USA to reduce sea freight 
from Europe.
2022 Progress
Alongside evolving our supply chain 
due diligence process to increase 
the focus on sustainable ingredients 
supply, we have extended our 
partnership with Earthwatch Europe 
to support their portfolio of Tiny 
Forests and committed 100% of our 
carbon offsets to forest protection and 
afforestation projects.
2022 Progress
We have continued to collaborate 
with industry stakeholders to 
understand how we can improve 
the environmental impact of our 
packaging, from taking part in a 
Loop trial with a leading UK retailer 
to encourage in-store recycling, to 
engaging with third parties on the 
potential for kerbside collection trials 
championing reusable bottles.
Supporting UN SDGs 
7 	Affordable and Clean Energy
8 	Decent Work and Economic Growth
9 	Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure
13	Climate Action
Supporting UN SDGs 
11	Sustainable Cities and Communities
12	Responsible Consumption and Production
13	Climate Action
17	Partnerships for the Goals
Supporting UN SDGs 
3	 Good Health and Well-Being
7	 Affordable and Clean Energy
15	Life on Land
17	Partnerships for the Goals
RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION  
AND PRODUCTION
Our five branches guide our initiatives to care for  
the world we live in and the people we work with. 

43
Sustainability
COMMUNITIES
COLLEAGUES
We aim to support the communities in 
our supply chain alongside those where 
we live and work. Our Social, Ethical and 
Environmental Business Policy directs 
our supply chain due diligence process 
to ensure responsible production, whilst 
our commitment to charitable causes 
aims to support local communities across 
our regions. 
Our ESG and DEI Committees work closely 
to collaborate on sustainability initiatives to 
drive meaningful progress for our employees 
and those we work with. 
Read more / pages 60 to 61
Read more / pages 57 to 59
2022 Progress
We are increasing our focus 
on the interaction between the 
environmental and social aspects of 
sustainability, which we continue to 
incorporate into our due diligence 
processes, whilst our support for 
Malaria No More in 2022 has 
helped amplify African voices and 
roll out programmes in the fight 
against malaria.
2022 Progress
In addition to fostering greater 
collaboration across our geographies 
through our DEI Committee, 2022 
was the fourth year of our partnership 
with Future Frontiers, a charitable 
organisation promoting education 
and social mobility. Our colleagues 
offered career guidance to students at 
our offices to help them achieve both 
at school and make more informed 
choices about their future.
Supporting UN SDGs 
4	 Quality Education
5	 Gender Equality
10	Reduced Inequalities
11	Sustainable Cities and Communities
Supporting UN SDGs 
1	 No poverty
3	 Good Health and Well-being
4	 Quality Education
8	 Decent Work and Economic Growth
GOOD HEALTH &  
WELL-BEING
REDUCED INEQUALITIES
THREE ROOTS
Underpinning our sustainability 
branches are our three roots of 
Environment, Ingredients, and 
Fighting Malaria. Whilst our 
sustainability branches direct our 
initiatives, our roots help guide 
our areas of focus, from the way in 
which we source our ingredients, to 
the methods of production and the 
relationships we form.
Environment 
Taking the time to understand the 
environmental impact of our products 
helps us to direct our attention when 
identifying potential sustainability 
initiatives best suited to making 
meaningful change.
Ingredients
Responsible sourcing practices ensure 
we’re taking an ethical approach to 
the use of raw materials, including 
how we collaborate with our supply 
chain partners. 
Fighting Malaria 
The historic role that quinine has 
played in combating malaria means 
that the cause is inextricably linked 
to our brand and is a key reason 
we continue to support the fight to 
eradicate malaria. 
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com_gb/
sustainability

44
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
OUR SUSTAINABILITY  
FRAMEWORK & APPROACH
SUSTAINABILITY – OVERVIEW CONTINUED
Our ESG Committee meets quarterly to discuss and make decisions on sustainability matters, 
including assessing the potential impact of operational change, target-setting, and progress 
monitoring through internal and external reporting.
1.	 Understanding our environmental 
footprint to direct our focus
•	 We engage specialist third parties on 
an annual basis to help calculate our 
product carbon footprint in order to better 
understand the environmental impact of 
our products and in doing so guiding our 
approach to mitigating action. 
•	 Our corporate carbon footprint is assessed 
as part of our SECR reporting requirements 
and is monitored annually to track progress 
against our SBTi commitment to reduce our 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions.
•	 We appreciate that there is more to 
sustainability than emissions, which is 
why our approach also covers circularity 
and conservation, from using responsible 
packaging materials to offsetting our UK 
emissions against nature-based projects.
3.	Sustainability progress to date
•	 We have put a cost on carbon in our business 
through our carbon neutrality across our 
UK products, requiring a combination of 
reduction and offsetting initiatives to deliver 
on corporate and product-related goals.
•	 We avoid PET in our product packaging, 
instead opting for glass and aluminium  
to drive circularity in our supply chain. 
•	 We have stepped up our operational 
capabilities in the US, increasing 
employment in communities more local 
to the markets in which we sell our US 
products, and reducing the emissions  
related to logistics. 
2.	Incorporating social 
considerations into our approach
•	 The communities impacted by our brand 
include those across our supply chain and 
those in the areas we live and work, which 
is why we pursue both social initiatives 
driving supply chain best practice and those 
engaging communities in our end markets.
•	 Our colleagues are central to our progress, 
whether driving engagement in fundraising 
initiatives for social causes close to our brand 
or collaborating to identify and implement 
sustainability change programmes within 
and outside of our business.
•	 Social considerations form a key part of our 
supply chain due diligence process and we 
carry out both our own and independent 
assessments to ensure we’re capturing risks 
and identifying improvement opportunities 
to deliver best practice.
4.	Upcoming areas of focus
•	 Following the increase in our US operational 
capabilities, we are looking at opportunities 
to localise production in other regions 
around the world. 
•	 We continue to work with supply chain 
partners to better understand where we can 
capitalise on innovation, technology, and 
operational change, for example increasing 
our use of HVO fuel and switching from 
truck freight to rail where possible.
•	 Packaging innovation is another area of focus 
for us, and we talk regularly with our supply 
chain partners to understand the viability 
and potential benefits of reusable glass 
bottles, dispense solutions, light-weighting 
and increasing recycled content.

45
Sustainability
Our environmental and social actions
Topic
Actions
Climate
Carbon emissions &  
Product carbon footprint
Annual cradle-to-grave analysis conducted by The Carbon Trust gives us greater visibility 
with respect to our product-related emissions and we have identified projects to reduce 
the absolute emissions associated with our corporate footprint (Scope 1 and 2) alongside 
reducing emissions per litre for our products which incorporates our Scope 3 emissions.
Upcoming initiatives include reviewing our logistics processes, along with assessing 
the recycled content levels in packaging to reduce the emissions associated with energy 
inputs in packaging production. 
Target: Reducing our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 50% by 2030 and reducing per litre 
product emissions on an annual basis.
Climate change vulnerability
Where possible we aim to source from farmers favouring less intensive methods and 
ensure our due diligence process captures several environmental and social assessments. 
Our upcoming focus is to ensure our supply chain is well placed to respond to climate 
pressures particularly with respect to water stress and changing temperatures, increasing 
crop resilience and growing more efficiently. 
Target: Minimising our exposure to environmental risk by managing our reliance on 
sourcing regions exposed to extreme weather and water stress.
Manufacturing and supply
We work closely with our manufacturing partners to ensure appropriate efforts are  
being placed on pursuing environmental improvement projects, from transitioning  
to renewable energy in production to reducing waste. 
Projects undertaken by our ingredients suppliers, processors, and co-packers are 
anticipated to deliver long-term environmental benefits over the coming years. 
Target: Increasing the proportion of renewable energy used in production along with 
championing innovation and responsible farming practices for ingredients supply. 
Transportation and logistics
Alongside reducing the impact of our employee travel by incentivising the use of electric 
vehicles, we’re working with our supply chain partners to understand how emissions 
reductions can be achieved through rethinking logistics. 
We have started to replace diesel with HVO across parts of our supply chain, whilst 
increasing the production capabilities in our global geographies is expected to reduce  
the environmental impact associated with sea freight. 
Target: Increasing the use of lower-carbon energy in our supply chain logistics processes 
whilst optimising to reduce haulage distance by increasing regional capabilities and 
effectively managing inventory. 

46
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
Topic
Actions
Conservation
Biodiversity and land use
We favour working with farmers adopting less intensive methods in order to minimise 
the impact our or sourcing activity on the land where our ingredients are grown. 
We have continued to support local initiatives promoting greater understanding of 
biodiversity and land use by partnering with Earthwatch to support their portfolio  
of Tiny Forests. 
Target: Extend our partnership with biodiversity and conservation focused organisations 
whilst involving commercial and operational partners where possible and forming closer 
relationships with ingredients growers. 
Raw material sourcing
Our ingredients due diligence process highlights risk areas from an environmental 
perspective to ensure we’re aware of potential issues and can work with suppliers  
to respond accordingly. 
We work closely with ingredients and packaging suppliers and are continuing to  
increase the robustness of our environmental and social assessments as part of our 
approach to sourcing. 
Target: Working with ingredient suppliers to manage environmental risks associated with 
ingredients production whilst promoting the adoption of sustainable farming practices. 
Striving for increased recycled content in our packaging, increasing the proportion 
of renewable energy used in packaging production, and collaborating on circularity 
initiatives with our partners.
Water stress
Due to our outsourced business model the impact of water use from operations directly 
within our control is minimal however we continue to look for ways to reduce this even 
further. 
The increasing capabilities of our production facilities on a global scale will require 
greater focus to ensure all water stress risks are captured. We are working closely with  
our domestic and overseas partners to fully understand their initiatives to increase water 
usage efficiency and reduce water wastage. 
Target: Take an active role in the water stewardship efforts of our ingredient suppliers 
and operating partners, particularly in water-stressed regions, to monitor and identify 
areas of improvement.
Pollution and waste
Packaging material and waste
We avoid using PET instead opting for non-toxic and infinitely recyclable beverage 
packaging in glass bottles and aluminium cans. On-Trade recycling levels are high,  
and we’re exploring partnerships with industry stakeholders to drive recycling in  
our Off-Trade channels. 
We are engaging with our partners to understand the options available to us to reduce 
the environmental impact of materials, from redesign and light-weighting to increasing 
recycled content and developing innovative format solutions. 
Target: Striving for increased recycled content in our packaging, increasing the 
proportion of renewable energy used in packaging production, and collaborating  
on circularity initiatives with our partners.
SUSTAINABILITY – OVERVIEW CONTINUED

47
Sustainability
Topic
Actions
Human capital
Health and safety, human 
capital development, labour 
management, and supply chain 
labour standards
In our own business: Our local office teams ensure the maintenance of health and  
safety standards and work with our DEI Committee and other teams to ensure we’re 
supporting learning and development activities as best we can.
Across our supply chain: Our teams are trained on supply chain due diligence and our 
supplier on-boarding and monitoring processes ensure the maintenance of standards. 
Information is managed on the SEDEX platform for many of our key suppliers whilst 
our Social, Ethical and Environmental Business Policy is informed by the Ethical Trading 
Initiative Base Code and International Labour Organisation fundamental conventions.
Target: Minimise health and safety incidents on our own premises alongside those of  
our suppliers whilst increasing professional training and development of our employees. 
Impact of policy
Whilst not mandatory for our business at this stage, we are aware of the benefits of aligning with incoming reporting 
standards such as Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and Corporate Sustainability Reporting 
Directive (CSRD). Although we are not yet compliant with these standards, we have begun incorporating them into our  
own scenario planning and approach to sustainability, particularly with respect to identifying and mitigating the risks  
of climate change across our supply chain whilst championing responsible business practices from both environmental 
and social standpoints. 
We welcome regulation and legislation promoting responsible production and consumption, which will help our industry 
achieve its wider sustainability goals. For this reason, we are actively engaging with legislation such as the Plastic 
Packaging Tax (PPT) and Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) to ensure we’re best placed to adopt new ways of 
working and collaborating with stakeholders on change. Similarly, we are preparing our business for potential changes 
relating to the Deposit Return Scheme (DRS) across the UK to ensure we can respond quickly, manage any associated 
risks, and incorporate change within our business operations and approach to sustainability. 

48
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE
OUR INGREDIENTS REMAIN CENTRAL TO OUR PRODUCTS, WHICH IS WHY WE NEED 
TO ENSURE WE ARE SOURCING IN A RESPONSIBLE WAY, WORKING WITH NATURE NOT 
AGAINST IT, AND DELIVERING OUR PRODUCTS TO CUSTOMERS WHILST MINIMISING 
OUR IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT. 
CLIMATE ACTION 
Supporting UN SDGs 
3	 Good Health and Well-Being
7	 Affordable and Clean Energy
15	Life on Land
17	Partnerships for the Goals
Our progress
Carbon measurement
Alongside our SECR reporting 
obligations measuring our corporate 
carbon footprint we have decided 
to measure our product carbon 
emissions to fully understand the 
environmental impact of our mixers. 
For the second year running we have 
partnered with The Carbon Trust to 
carry out a cradle-to-grave lifecycle 
assessment to pinpoint areas of 
our value chain, from ingredients 
sourcing and processing to 
distribution and consumption, where 
we could make the most meaningful 
impact on emissions reduction. 
Carbon reduction
Using the results of our product 
lifecycle assessment we can prioritise 
areas of our emissions to focus on 
with the aim of making reductions 
over time. In addition to our goal of 
reducing our Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
by 50% by 2030 as part of our SBTi 
commitments, we are also aiming to 
reduce emissions per litre product 
sold on an annual basis. We have 
identified several areas through 
which to achieve these targets, from 
transitioning to renewable energy 
in our offices to rolling out carbon 
reduction initiatives across our 
supply chain. 
Carbon offsetting
We have taken the decision to offset 
what we can’t currently avoid or 
reduce for the products we sell 
in the UK. Whilst offsetting is a 
part of our current approach to 
sustainability it is by no means the 
solution. By offsetting the balance 
of our emissions we’re able to 
support nature-based environmental 
projects whilst continuing to identify 
long-term answers to avoiding 
and reducing the carbon emitted 
in the first place. We have strict 
requirements for offset project 
selection, namely that projects  
must be certified appropriately, 
positively contribute to the regions 
in our supply chain, and focus on 
nature-based solutions such as  
forest protection and afforestation. 
CLIMATE

49
Sustainability
TOTAL
0.20kg CO2e/unit vs 0.22 in 2021
OUR EMISSIONS
PER 200ML INDIAN TONIC SOLD IN UK  
Liquid 
0.026kg CO2e/unit
Manufacture 
0.015kg CO2e/unit
Use phase 
0.013kg CO2e/unit
Packaging 
0.121kg CO2e/unit
Downstream distribution 
0.017kg CO2e/unit
End of life 
0.006kg CO2e/unit

50
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
Emissions reduction
Logistics efficiencies
Reducing the impact of logistics 
processes where possible is a priority 
for us and lies in finding efficiencies 
in our supply chain processes, from 
the operational capabilities in our 
end-markets to the management 
of inventory by region. We have 
already reduced the need for sea 
freight between Europe and North 
America by increasing production and 
warehousing in the US and we plan to 
continue this method of localisation 
across our other regions in due course. 
In addition we are working with our 
supply chain partners to continue the 
rollout of HVO as an alternative to 
diesel and we continue to engage with 
our logistics partners to understand 
how to harness technology and find 
innovative solutions in transport and 
alternative fuel.
For example our canning partner has 
replaced diesel with HVO to transport 
all our finished goods from the end of 
production lines to warehouses using 
shunt trucks while another key co-
packer is due to transition to HVO  
for a proportion of our products’ 
journey to our customers. These 
changes are expected to reduce CO2 
emissions by over 90% compared 
with normal diesel.
Operational change
We have transitioned to 100% 
renewable energy in the Germany 
office and have started the process 
of switching company-owned cars 
to hybrid whilst incentivising the 
purchase or lease of electric vehicles 
for UK employees. We continue to 
work with our supply chain partners 
to understand how they are increasing 
their use of renewable energy as a 
proportion of their total consumption 
alongside energy efficiency actions to 
reduce the overall use of energy per 
bottle or can produced. 
As of January 2022 our primary 
cans co-packer switched to 100% 
renewable energy, with agreed 
supply until at least the end of 
2023, whilst they are also assessing 
the feasibility of a solar PV project 
for installation on warehousing. In 
addition they have invested in a new 
tank for CO2 vaporisation which will 
help with supply and reduce energy 
requirements.
A key ingredient supplier has also 
improved boiler insulation with 2022 
being the first full year benefiting 
from this change which is expected 
to reduce total fuel usage by 5%. 
In addition, several space heating 
improvements have been delivered, 
including the installation of air 
curtains and timed electric heating 
in warehousing to increase efficiency 
and reduce heat loss.
Finally, one of our key co-packing 
partners installed LED lighting in 
November 2022 for its Fever-Tree 
dedicated site with integrated  
motion sensors which will adjust 
according to the lighting required  
at any given time.
Sustainable packaging
We avoid using PET which is generally 
more difficult to recycle, uses higher 
levels of virgin material, and often 
includes crude oil as a raw material. 
Our glass bottles and aluminium cans 
are infinitely recyclable as opposed 
to plastic bottles which can often 
only be recycled a few times before 
needing to be topped up with virgin 
material or sent to landfill. Our glass 
bottles and aluminium cans contain 
recycled content and our Germany 
business operates a reusable bottle 
system. In addition we have trialled a 
new serve solution in several On-Trade 
locations this year which we could 
explore further to reduce the use of 
glass bottles in this channel as well 
as engaging with glass suppliers on 
innovative concepts such as hydrogen 
powered furnaces.
Future targets
We continue to see the value in 
localising supply chain processes 
where we can, whether that’s sourcing 
of raw materials or manufacturing 
our products. Not only can this 
reduce the emissions burden on 
our business but the employment 
of workers closer to our end 
markets can support the economic 
empowerment of the communities 
we serve. In addition to the progress 
we’ve made in the USA we anticipate 
increasing sourcing, operational, and 
warehousing capabilities in Australia 
alongside continuing our transition to 
renewable energy in our offices and at 
our supply chain partners’ facilities, 
whilst working with our stakeholders 
to drive operational efficiency with a 
beneficial carbon reduction impact. 

51
Sustainability
Fever-Tree Drinks PLC 
Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting
Fever-Tree Drinks PLC has reported 
Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions in accordance with 
the requirements of Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR).
This includes Fever-Tree Drinks 
PLC’s stated emissions for the most 
recent reporting year – the 12 months 
starting 01/01/2022 and ending 
31/12/2022, on top of previous 
analyses performed in 2021.
Methodology
Responsibilities of Fever-Tree 
and Green Element
Fever-Tree was responsible for 
the internal management controls 
governing the data collection process. 
Green Element was responsible for the 
data aggregation, any estimations and 
extrapolations applied (as required), 
GHG calculations performed, and the 
emissions statements. 
Greenhouse gas emissions were 
calculated according to the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard. 
Scope and Subject Matter
The boundary of the report includes 
the UK, US, and Germany offices 
which were all operational for the 
entire reporting period. 
Energy and GHG sources included  
in the process:
1.	 Scope 1: Fuel used in company 
vehicles and natural gas
2.	 Scope 2: Purchased electricity
3.	 Scope 3: Fuel used for business 
travel in employee-owned or  
hired vehicles
4.	 All seven Kyoto protocol GHGs 
were included: CO2, N2O, CH4, 
HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and NF3
The figures were calculated using UK 
government 2022 conversion factors, 
expressed as tonnes of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e). 
Energy Efficiency Actions
Energy efficiency and climate change 
are at the centre of Fever-Tree’s 
strategy. Prior to/during the reporting 
period the following projects have 
taken place:
•	 Switched to 100% renewable tariff 
in our Germany office.
•	 Introduced salary sacrifice scheme 
to incentivise use of electric 
vehicles.
•	 Engaged with partners across 
supply chain to understand where 
energy savings could be achieved.
In 2023 efforts will be continued to 
identify and deliver increased energy 
efficiency through the following:
•	 Continuing transition to renewable 
energy in UK Offices.
•	 Researching how to transition to 
renewable energy in our US offices.
Reporting

52
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
SUSTAINABILITY – CLIMATE CONTINUED
Fever-Tree Drinks PLC GHG statements by site (in tonnes of CO2e), as follows:
Reporting Period: 01/01/2021 to 31/12/2021
Reporting Period: 01/01/2022 to 31/12/2022
Site
UK Office
US Office
Germany Office
UK Office
US Office
Germany Office
Annual energy consumption: (kWh)
 
 
 
Electricity
 89,458.56 
 16,956.00 
 11,924.00 
131,431.00
21,132.00
16,491.00
Gas
 2,842.74 
–
–
459.00
–
176.00
Transport fuel
 121,761.69 
 214,195.83 
 514,840.83 
158,574.55
284,262.13
797,366.76
Total
 214,062.99 
 231,151.83  526,764.83 
290,464.55
305,394.13
814,033.76
Annual GHG emissions (tCO2e)
 
 
 
Scope 1
 
 
 
Emissions from combustion of gas
 0.52 
– 
 –
0.08
–
0.03
Emissions from combustion of fuel for 
transport purposes
 7.80 
– 
 125.14 
10.20
–
103.82
Scope 2
 
 
 
Emissions from purchased electricity – 
location based*
 18.99 
 4.26 
 4.04 
25.42
5.32
3.96
Emissions from purchased electricity – 
market based**
 4.53 
 4.26 
 1.76 
8.09
2.04
–
Emissions from purchased electricity  
for transport purposes
 0.26 
– 
– 
0.39
–
–
Scope 3
 
 
 
Category 6 – Emissions from business 
travel in rental cars or employee vehicles 
where company is responsible for 
purchasing the fuel
 22.05 
 52.70 
– 
29.02
70.14
93.99
Category 3 – Emissions from electricity 
upstream transportation and distribution 
losses and excavation and transport of 
fuels – location-based*
 14.90 
 15.98 
 36.16 
19.05
21.18
53.35
Category 3 – Emissions from upstream 
transport and distribution losses and 
excavation and transport of fuels –  
market-based**
 8.93 
 15.98 
 35.10 
12.09
18.98
52.21
Total tCO2e emissions (location-based)
 64.51 
 72.94 
 165.34 
84.17
96.64
255.16
Total tCO2e emissions (market-based)
 44.08 
 72.94 
 162.00 
59.87
91.52
250.05
Intensity (tCO2e / £ million revenue)
 
 
 
Revenue (£m)
 118.30 
 77.90 
 78.80 
116.20
95.60
89.20
Intensity ratio: total location-based*  
tonnes per million revenue tCO2e / £m
 0.55 
 0.94 
 2.10 
0.72
1.01
2.86
Intensity ratio: total market-based**  
tonnes per million revenue tCO2e / £m
 0.37 
 0.94 
 2.06 
0.52
0.96
2.80
Methodology
GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard
*	 Location-based electricity reporting uses the average grid fuel mix in the country of purchase to calculate GHG emissions. This is mandatory for SECR.
**	 Market-based electricity reporting uses the supplier-specific fuel mix of the reporting company’s tariff.

53
Sustainability
OUR COMMITMENT TO SUSTAINABILITY INCLUDES ENSURING WE’RE PLAYING OUR  
PART IN THE PROTECTION OF THE HABITATS AND LANDSCAPES WHERE WE SOURCE  
OUR INGREDIENTS, MANUFACTURE OUR PRODUCTS, AND LIVE AND WORK. 
Our progress
We continue to engage with our 
commercial partners on sustainability 
initiatives. In 2022 we extended 
our partnership with Earthwatch to 
include a major On-Trade customer 
for the first time, together supporting 
Earthwatch’s portfolio of urban 
forests. We recognise the importance 
of collaborating with our operational 
and commercial partners to drive 
sustainability change. 
We have further developed our 
responsible sourcing processes to 
reduce the environmental and social 
risks associated with procuring 
ingredients from a wide-ranging set 
of geographies. Continuing to build 
lasting long-term relationships with 
suppliers championing responsible 
sourcing is important to us and our 
self-reflective approach helps us 
deliver against these standards. 
Our strict offsetting requirements 
ensure that we continue to 
offset through projects that are 
appropriately certified, have a direct 
link with our supply chain, and 
provide meaningful value to nature. 
For this reason we prefer to offset 
through nature-based projects such 
as those promoting forest protection 
and afforestation within our 
supply chain. 
LIFE ON LAND
Supporting UN SDGs 
11	Sustainable Cities and Communities
12	Responsible Consumption and Production
13	Climate Action
17	Partnerships for the Goals
CONSERVATION

54
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
Looking ahead
Having worked with Earthwatch 
and their portfolio of urban forests 
for the past two years we are 
looking to extend our conservation 
and nature-based efforts across our 
global locations and are exploring 
ways to support the environment 
in ways which make sense for 
particular geographies. 
Regional conservation initiatives are 
being explored to understand how 
we can make the most impact in the 
regions within which we operate. 
Whilst we don’t use vast volumes 
of water ourselves due to our 
outsourced business model, we 
appreciate the need to work with 
our supply chain partners to
focus on delivering meaningful 
reductions in water usage  
and wastage. 
Alongside building this into our 
supply chain due diligence process 
and ways of working with our 
partners, we’re taking steps to 
reduce our own water usage in  
our offices. 
OUR APPROACH TO SOURCING – SICILIAN BLOOD ORANGES
Our blood oranges are grown 
on a 4th generation citrus  
farm that has been specialising 
in Blood Oranges for nearly  
a century. 
Giosue, (Joe) is a passionate 
citrus grower with an unwavering 
commitment to natural processes 
in his growth and harvest of the 
fruit. His philosophy is a simple 
love and respect for nature and the 
soil as well as blending traditional 
ways with more innovative ones 
– there as an area taking up 10% 
of the farm which is a dedicated 
‘centre of research’ to explore and 
produce different varietals. The 
harvest is done manually with 
specialist pickers before the fruit is 
transported a short distance away 
to be processed and the essential 
blood orange oil is produced.
Find out more: www.fever-tree.com/en_GB/products
SUSTAINABILITY – CONSERVATION CONTINUED

55
Sustainability
RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION  
AND PRODUCTION
AS A BUSINESS OPERATING ACROSS MULTIPLE GEOGRAPHIES AND SERVING A 
DIVERSE SET OF CUSTOMERS WE ARE AWARE OF THE NEED TO MANUFACTURE OUR 
PRODUCTS IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE WAY. FOR THIS REASON WE USE 
PACKAGING MATERIALS WITH THE BEST CIRCULARITY CREDENTIALS, OPTING FOR 
INFINITELY RECYCLABLE GLASS BOTTLES AND ALUMINIUM CANS INSTEAD OF PET. 
Our progress
We continue to see glass as the 
best way to deliver the finest 
quality mixers in a sustainable way. 
Alongside serving our mixers in 
glass bottles, we believe a portfolio 
of packaging formats is the most 
appropriate way to cater to both our 
On and Off-trade customers whilst 
mitigating against potential supply 
chain pressures and capitalising 
on the sustainability credentials of 
alternative materials. 
Like our glass bottles, our aluminium 
cans are infinitely recyclable and 
contain recycled content whilst 
providing a more lightweight format 
and are more easily stackable 
compared to alternatives which  
allows for more efficient use of space 
when transported. 
We appreciate the importance 
of working with our partners to 
collaborate on circularity initiatives 
across the industry. Our participation 
in the Loop trial came to an end in 
2022, during which we partnered 
with a major UK retailer to provide 
returnable and reusable glass bottles 
for some of our products. This was 
a great way to engage consumers in 
sustainability concepts and we are 
in the process of understanding the 
results of the trial and determining 
next steps. 
Supporting UN SDGs 
7	 Affordable and Clean Energy
8	 Decent Work and Economic Growth
9	 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure
13	Climate Action
CIRCULAR ECONOMY

56
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
INCREASING WATER RECOVERY IN PRODUCTION
An installation of a water 
recovery system at our  
co-packer in December  
2021 means that 2022 saw 
increased water recycling.
The system used requires low 
levels of replenishment and 
rinse water is automatically 
dosed with chlorine dioxide for 
microbiological control to ensure 
there is no threat to product 
safety. Savings are anticipated  
to reach 50-60 m3 per day. 
Looking Ahead
We use reusable glass bottles in our 
Germany operations and whilst we 
appreciate there are key differences 
between this market and our other 
geographies, both with respect 
to infrastructure in place and 
consumer appetite for reuse, we 
want to ensure we’re exploring the 
options available to us to champion 
a more circular approach. 
We are working with our glass and 
aluminium packaging suppliers to 
understand how we can maximise 
our recycled content levels at 
the same time as maintaining 
the quality of our products and 
exploring other innovative methods 
in sustainable production such as 
alternative energy sources.
Although we don’t have complete 
control over the water used in our 
supply chain we continue to work 
with our supply chain partners to 
promote water stewardship and 
drive efficiencies with respect 
to water usage, wastage and 
innovation. We have built in water 
risk to our ingredients supplier  
due diligence framework and 
we will work closely on water 
stewardship initiatives with our 
supply chain partners over the 
coming year, alongside monitoring 
water consumption in our offices 
and identifying opportunities  
for improvement. 
SUSTAINABILITY – CIRCULAR ECONOMY CONTINUED

Our progress
We reassess our Social, Ethical and 
Environmental Business Policy on a 
regular basis to ensure it is robust, 
implementable, and striving for 
best practice both across our own 
operations and those of our partners. 
We ensure this is bought into by all 
our key supply chain partners and 
used as a framework to deliver against 
the community goals as part of our 
overall approach to sustainability  
and responsible business practice. 
We aim to provide meaningful 
support to the communities across 
our supply chain, and where we live 
and work, which is why we continue 
to support social causes such as 
those championed through our 
partnerships with Malaria No More, 
Earthwatch, and Future Frontiers.  
In 2022, we hosted a number of 
Science Days at Tiny Forests across 
the Earthwatch portfolio to encourage 
engagement with nature and improve 
understanding of using data to 
inform climate decisions. 
In addition we hosted a workshop 
with Future Frontiers to support 
young people make more informed 
decisions about their future careers. 
As part of our ongoing commitment 
to responsible supply chain practices 
we carried out a programme of 
social audits in 2022 to ensure we’re 
well placed to deliver social best 
practice. Social audits provide a great 
opportunity to identify areas of focus 
for us and our suppliers alongside 
helping build a framework to deliver 
against our goals over the longer-term. 
We aim to build on these learnings 
with our other key supply chain 
partners in 2023. 
57
Sustainability
SUSTAINABILITY – COMMUNITIES
COMMUNITIES
Supporting UN SDGs: 
1	 No poverty
3	 Good Health and Well-being
4	 Quality Education
8	 Decent Work and Economic Growth
WE AIM TO SUPPORT THE COMMUNITIES IN OUR SUPPLY CHAIN ALONGSIDE 
THOSE WHERE WE LIVE AND WORK. OUR SOCIAL, ETHICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
BUSINESS POLICY DIRECTS OUR SUPPLY CHAIN DUE DILIGENCE PROCESS TO ENSURE 
RESPONSIBLE PRODUCTION, WHILST OUR COMMITMENT TO CHARITABLE CAUSES 
AIMS TO SUPPORT LOCAL COMMUNITIES. 
REDUCED INEQUALITIES

58
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
TINY FORESTS
Together with All Bar One, we 
are investing in the care of over 
150 Tiny Forests through local 
community support and forest 
maintenance. Our support for 
Earthwatch is helping to grow 
a network of local community 
volunteers committed to tree 
care in Tiny Forests throughout 
the UK.
Through the Fever-Tree x All  
Bar One partnership, in 2022  
we helped:
•	 Recruit and induct around 400 
new Tree Keeper volunteers since 
May 2022 
•	 Support the management and 
maintenance of 34,800 trees
•	 Directly engage 40 local 
volunteers and employees 
through three Science Days, with 
100% of participants surveyed 
rating the event as fantastic or 
very good and completing 523 
monitoring surveys
Find out more: www.tinyforest.earthwatch.org.uk/
SUSTAINABILITY – COMMUNITIES CONTINUED

59
Sustainability
Looking Ahead
Charitable partnerships form 
a key part of our approach to 
sustainability, whether they target 
progress against global or local 
environmental and social concerns. 
Alongside our major charitable 
partnerships such as those with 
Malaria No More and Earthwatch, 
we want to ensure we’re 
collaborating with local partners 
across our supply chain and in  
the markets where our mixers  
are enjoyed. 
For this reason we will be stepping 
up our efforts to work with 
our regional teams to identify 
meaningful areas where we can 
contribute to local social causes 
relevant to particular markets 
alongside continuing our support 
for key global issues. 
Whilst we have a robust supply 
chain due diligence process in place 
which captures environmental 
and social elements to maintain 
standards and drive best practice, 
we will build out the use of our 
own and independent social audits 
to monitor our impact on the 
communities across our supply 
chain and build appropriate 
roadmaps to deliver social best 
practice. 
MALARIA NO MORE
Fever-Tree and Malaria No 
More UK (MNMUK) have been 
working together for nearly 
a decade, partnering to end 
malaria for good globally. 
Our partnership with Malaria No 
More has supported the following 
progress in 2022:
•	 Securing $4.5bn investment 
towards eradicating malaria and 
neglected tropical diseases at the 
Kigali Summit held in Rwanda in 
June 2022
•	 £1bn commitment by the UK 
for the 7th replenishment of the 
Global Fund to help save 20m 
lives and ensure a healthier, safer, 
and equitable future for all
•	 Roll-out of the Draw The 
Line youth across Africa a 
to encourage leaders to take 
accountability and action to move 
malaria up the political agenda, 
reaching over 267m people, 
generating 1.07bn in campaign 
impressions, and spurring over 
2m online engagements
•	 Fever-Tree customers across the 
UK and the world have been  
reached with mobilising marketing 
and fundraising campaigns, and 
colleagues and customers have 
shown incredible support for 
ending malaria entirely
Find out more: www.malarianomore.org.uk/mnmuk-impact-2022

60
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
OUR ESG AND DEI COMMITTEES WORK CLOSELY TO COLLABORATE ON  
SUSTAINABILITY INITIATIVES TO DRIVE MEANINGFUL PROGRESS 
FOR OUR EMPLOYEES AND THOSE WE WORK WITH. 
Our progress
Our Diversity, Equality and Inclusion 
Committee meets regularly to identify 
areas of positive change to be pursued 
by the business. Reporting into 
the Board annually, the Executive 
team twice-yearly, and engaging 
with local teams more regularly, the 
DEI Committee has developed our 
reporting framework to measure 
progress and use data to provide an 
honest reflection of how well we’re 
representing our employees and teams.
Further activities have included 
appointing internal champions for 
specific community groups and 
initiatives, celebrating and raising 
awareness of key DE&I dates such 
as International Women’s/Men’s 
Day, Mental Health Awareness 
Week, providing unconscious bias 
training to all hiring managers to 
promote diversity in hiring, along 
with plans to introduce a voluntary 
equal opportunities monitoring form 
to capture insights and suggestions 
and further build awareness and 
understanding of under-represented 
groups.
As at 1 January 2023, the 
gender balance of those in senior 
management positions and their 
direct reports was 60% male and 
40% female. If we expand that to all 
managers in the business, the split 
is 49% male and 51% female. Our 
business has identified a pipeline of 
diverse and high-calibre candidates 
internally who through focused 
coaching and development we are 
working to help grow into senior 
management positions in the future. 
In December 2022, Fever-Tree was 
proud to have supported the Women 
in Technology programme at Fever-
Tree HQ, welcoming over 40 guests 
hosted by our own female technology 
lead. The session included networking 
opportunities, and two insightful 
panel discussions exploring topics 
and issues around mentoring and 
leadership. 
Supporting UN SDGs: 
4	 Quality Education
5	 Gender Equality
10	Reduced Inequalities
11	Sustainable Cities and Communities
GOOD HEALTH &  
WELL-BEING
SUSTAINABILITY – COMMUNITIES CONTINUED
COLLEAGUES

61
Sustainability
FUTURE FRONTIERS:
The Future Frontiers 
Programme provides young 
people from disadvantaged 
educational and financial 
backgrounds with intensive, 
personalised career support 
over a two-year period. For  
the fourth year running  
Fever-Tree remained a host 
employer in an effort to support 
the disadvantaged young 
people of West London with the 
skills, knowledge and insight 
into how global businesses 
work, sparking ambition and 
broader aspiration. 
Fever-Tree coaches worked with 
Year 10 pupils from a London 
borough that has some of the 
highest unemployment and child 
poverty rates in London and where 
one in four young people are NEET 
(not in education, employment, or 
training) between the ages of 18-24. 
•	 	Our colleagues offered career 
guidance to students to help 
them achieve both at school and 
make informed choices about 
their future in different industries
•	 	After the programme, 100% 
of young people agreed that 
their coach helped them find an 
aspirational career AND 100%  
of young people agreed that they 
are clearer on what they need to 
do to achieve their ambitions
“We could not deliver 
such personalised 
support without 
volunteers like  
Fever-Tree. You have 
opened their eyes to 
new opportunities and 
given them the insight, 
information and self-
belief they need to take 
the first steps towards 
making their goals a 
reality. Thank you!” 
DOMINIC BAKER
Founder & CEO of Future Frontiers
Looking Ahead
We strive to deliver a more equal 
workforce that is reflective of 
the communities we operate in. 
We appreciate that whilst the 
principles of diversity, equality 
and inclusion can be far-reaching, 
progress is often best achieved 
by taking a bespoke approach 
unique to the regions where we 
have a presence. For this reason 
our DEI team will be working 
closely with our local teams to 
better understand the unique 
attributes of our workforce in 
specific markets in order to ensure 
we’re catering to their needs whilst 
pursuing best practice and driving 
change. 
Our Women in Tech event in 2022 
was a great example of how we 
can mobilise our stakeholders to 
champion positive social causes 
and make a meaningful difference 
during the course of our day-to-
day work. 
We will look to build on this 
success by continuing our efforts 
in this area alongside identifying 
initiatives and partners to make 
further progress, empowering our 
employees, communities and other 
stakeholders in the process. 
We aim to provide an environment 
in which our employees feel 
empowered to learn and develop 
their skills. Whether these 
are technical qualifications or 
workshops aiming to improve 
skills, we will continue to identify 
opportunities to improve the 
skillsets of our employees to  
enable them to deliver on their 
individual and team goals  
whilst pursuing educational and 
training opportunities that help 
deliver on their personal and 
career ambitions.
We see great value in engaging our 
employees and partners on our 
sustainability initiatives, particularly 
those focused on providing social 
value for the communities where we 
operate, live and work. Our support of 
Tiny Forest and Future Frontiers are 
examples of this, the former where we 
have hosted several Science Days and 
the latter where we have invited the 
Future Frontiers team and members 
of their community to our offices to 
provide skills workshops and career 
guidance, with members of our team 
hosting for the day. 

62
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

FINANCIAL REVIEW
“We have continued to make good strategic 
progress, with successful new product launches  
and continued investment in marketing, 
sustainability and our people.”
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
INVESTING FOR THE LONG TERM
REVENUE
£344.3m
(2021: £311.1m)
CASH
£95.3m
(2021: £166.2m)
2022
£344.3m
2022
£95.3m
2021
£311.1m
2021
£166.2m
2020
£252.1m
2020
£143.1m
The Group continued to make good progress in 2022 
with revenue of £344.3m (2021: £311.1m), delivering 
growth of 11% against a challenging backdrop of 
logistics disruption and macro-economic volatility.
Whilst performance in our most 
established market in the UK was 
impacted by reduced consumer spend 
alongside disruption and strikes 
during the key December trading 
period in the On-Trade, we continue 
to drive strong momentum in our 
International regions, with combined 
growth of 18% year-on-year outside 
the UK.
We made good strategic progress 
during 2022, with successful new 
product launches in key markets,  
an initial entry into the adjacent 
adult soft opportunity in the UK,  
the acquisition of Powell & 
Mahoney, and we have moved to new 
distributors in Canada and Japan. 
Alongside this, we continue to invest 
in our marketing, sustainability 
agenda and our people and look 
forward to continuing to drive the 
strong momentum we have in a 
number of exciting growth markets 
in 2023, including the US, Canada 
and Australia as well as across our 
European markets.
The Group was impacted by ongoing 
disruption to global logistics 
networks, most notably through 
US port congestion and the pricing 
of transatlantic shipping routes. 
Our exposure to these costs was 
exacerbated by a slower than expected 
ramp-up of local bottling on the East 
Coast of the US.
63
Strategic Report

Alongside these cost pressures, 
following the Ukraine invasion, the 
subsequent volatility and substantial 
inflation in energy costs resulted 
in material glass cost surcharges in 
the second half of the year against 
a backdrop of restricted glass bottle 
availability across our European 
suppliers. 
As a result of these specific 
challenges, and broader inflationary 
cost pressures across categories, gross 
margin was negatively impacted in 
the year. Despite these impacts, we 
continued to invest behind the brand 
and our people whilst making the 
operational investments required 
to deliver the future opportunity. 
Underlying operating expenditure 
increased to 23.0% of Group revenue 
(2021: 21.9%) which alongside the 
impacts on gross margin resulted 
in a reduction in adjusted EBITDA 
margin to 11.6% (2021: 20.2%).
As we progress into 2023, conditions 
remain challenging, with elevated 
macroeconomic uncertainty and 
intensifying inflationary pressures, 
especially with regards to the impact 
of energy costs into glass bottles 
and manufacturing. As we navigate 
these challenging conditions we will 
continue to prioritise the long-term 
health of the brand, passing through 
some of these impacts through price 
across our regions, whilst focusing 
on our own margin improvement 
initiatives. We remain confident that 
many of these headwinds will be 
transitory and we will emerge from 
this period as a stronger organisation 
with continued momentum in our 
key growth markets alongside a 
more diversified mixer and soft drink 
opportunity in the UK.
The Group generated an adjusted 
EBITDA of £39.7m (2021: £63.0m), 
a reduction of 36.8% on 2021. 
Working capital increased as a 
proportion of revenue to 23.6% (2021: 
18.3%), which alongside the lower 
level of adjusted EBITDA achieved, 
resulted in a reduction of operating 
cash flow conversion to 36.2% (2021: 
91.7%). Reduced operating cash flow, 
coupled with the payment of the 
£50m special dividend in May 2022, 
led to a reduction in cash held to 
£95.3m (2021: £166.2m). 
As a reflection of our confidence in 
the ongoing financial strength of the 
Group, the Board is recommending a 
final dividend of 10.68 pence per share, 
an increase of 2.0% year-on-year.
Gross margin
Gross margin of 34.5% represents 
a reduction from the 42.1% gross 
margin reported in 2021. The main 
factors impacting gross margin were:
•	 Inflationary cost increases 
impacting underlying product costs 
and logistics costs across regions.
•	 Further increases in the underlying 
cost of sea freight in the first 
half of the year, alongside US 
port congestion and increased 
demurrage charges resulting from 
the disruption. A slower than 
anticipated ramp-up of local US 
production resulted in an elevated 
level of exposure to these costs 
in the second half of the year 
as additional UK production 
was required to supplement US 
inventory levels.
•	 European energy cost inflation and 
volatility following the invasion of 
Ukraine resulted in glass suppliers 
passing through significant 
surcharges in the second half of 
the year to cover their unhedged 
exposures, against a backdrop of 
restricted glass bottle availability  
as we progressed through the year.
•	 Whilst pricing actions in our 
established regions, a strengthening 
US dollar and changes in channel 
and regional mix drove margin 
improvement, this was not 
sufficient to offset the impact of 
these significant cost headwinds.
Macro-economic volatility and the 
risk of further disruption remains 
elevated in 2023. Inflationary 
pressures continue to intensify and 
we expect double digit percentage 
increases across most product 
cost categories. We will seek to 
offset these headwinds through a 
combination of pricing actions across 
regions, increased on-boarding of 
US production and other cost saving 
initiatives. However, over and above 
these movements, the impact of 
elevated energy costs into glass bottle 
pricing is expected to be material 
in 2023. As a glass-led business, 
we are particularly exposed to this 
significant headwind and we are 
working with our glass suppliers to 
mitigate this cost wherever possible 
as we progress through the year. 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
64

Against this backdrop we are focused 
on the actions we can take and 
continue to work on a substantial 
program of activities to mitigate 
further inflation, and crucially, to also 
set the business up for longer term 
profitable growth. These actions can 
be broadly grouped into four key areas:
1.	 Expanding our production 
footprint: establishing capacity 
closer to our key growth markets 
to minimise transport costs, 
optimise our inventory holdings 
and facilitate quicker reactions 
to market dynamics. Our focus 
for 2023 is further increasing US 
bottling capacity and identifying 
US canning and Australian 
bottling partners.
2.	 Optimising our existing 
footprint: working closely with 
our current partners to drive 
efficiency and effectiveness as we 
manage our increasing complexity. 
3.	 Procurement: leveraging our 
global scale, with a focus in 
2023 on re-tendering our key 
glass partnerships, widening and 
on-shoring our supplier base 
and ensuring our contracts are 
calibrated for both the current 
disruptive environment and 
our longer term growth as we 
scale through our regionalised 
production footprint.
4.	 Technology: underpinning all 
of the above is a wide-ranging 
programme to embed technology 
across our global operations that 
will give us best in class ways of 
working, data and insights to 
manage near term disruption, as 
well as underpinning our future 
growth. 2023 is the year in 
which we will be implementing 
the majority of this programme 
of work and we expect to start 
to drive benefits from this as we 
progress through the year.
We are confident that the 
implementation of our profit-driving 
initiatives this year, reduced exposure 
to sea freight through on-boarding 
of local production alongside 
any recalibration of the currently 
elevated energy pricing will drive 
improvements in profitability in  
FY24 and beyond.
Operating expenditure
Underlying operating expenses 
increased by 16.3% in 2022 to 
£79.1m (2021: £67.9m), increasing 
to 23.0% as a proportion of Group 
revenue (2021: 21.9%).
Our marketing spend was 9.8% of 
Fever-Tree brand revenue (2021: 
9.3%) as we continue to invest 
behind the brand, including a radio 
advertising campaign in the UK, 
continued investment in digital in 
the US and a first national television 
advertising in Italy, where we are 
seeing strong growth. Staff costs and 
other overheads increased to 13.5% 
of Group revenue (2021: 12.5%), 
with head count increases necessary 
to drive the wide range of strategic 
projects we are working on across the 
business, whilst also strengthening our 
supply chain and operations team.
The Group generated an adjusted 
EBITDA of £39.7m, a 36.8% 
decrease from 2021 (2021: £63.0m). 
The dilution in gross margin, due 
mainly to inflationary cost pressures 
and continued exposure to elevated 
transatlantic freight charges, coupled 
with marginally increased levels of 
underlying operating expenditure as 
a proportion of revenue, has resulted 
in a retraction in adjusted EBITDA 
margin to 11.6% (2021: 20.2%).
Depreciation charges increased 
marginally to £4.3m (2021: £3.2m) 
whilst amortisation charges remained 
flat at £1.5m (2021: £1.5m). Share 
based payments increased to £3.3m 
(2021: £2.7m), reflecting increasing 
levels of long-term incentives issued 
to key staff members. As a result of 
these movements, the 36.8% decrease 
in adjusted EBITDA translates to a 
44.9% decrease in operating profit to 
£30.6m (2021: £55.6m). 
Tax
The effective tax rate in 2022 was 
19.7% (2021: 19.7%) and was in line 
with expectations. 
Earnings per share
The basic earnings per share for the 
year are 21.36 pence (2021: 38.29 
pence) and the diluted earnings per 
share for the year are 21.32 pence 
(2021: 38.19 pence).
In order to compare earnings per 
share year on year, earnings have 
been adjusted to exclude amortisation 
and the UK statutory tax rates have 
been applied (disregarding other 
tax adjusting items). On this basis, 
normalised earnings per share for 
2022 are 22.59 pence per share and 
for 2021 were 39.70 pence per share, 
a decrease of 43.1%; for further 
detail see Note 9 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 136.
65
Strategic Report

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
Balance sheet and 
working capital
Trade and other receivables increased 
behind revenue growth to £72.4m 
(2021: £70.3m). Whilst we recognise 
that the current macroeconomic 
environment continues to contribute 
to an elevated level of credit risk,  
our strong relationships and proactive 
engagement with customers position 
us well to continue to manage the 
ongoing credit risk. The movement 
in trade and other receivables was 
partially offset by a marginal increase 
in trade and other payables to 
£51.3m (2021: £49.4m).
Inventory levels have increased 
significantly to £60.1m (2021: 
£36.2m), with the majority of this 
increase relating to elevated US 
inventory levels at year end. This 
was the result of the steps we took in 
the second half of the year to ensure 
we begin 2023 in a healthy position 
with which to service the strong 
underlying demand in that market 
following the impact of the inventory 
challenges we experienced in the US 
on reported growth in 2022.
As a result of the above movements, 
most notably the increase in 
inventory holdings, working capital 
increased by £24.1m to £81.2m 
(2021: £57.1m), and 23.6% of 
revenue (2021: 18.3%). The increase 
in working capital, alongside the 
36.8% reduction in adjusted EBITDA 
resulted in cash generated from 
operations decreasing to 36.2% 
(2021: 91.7%). 
Capital expenditure
Due to the structure of the Group’s 
business model, capital expenditure 
requirements remain low, with 
additions of owned asset of £7.1m 
in the year (2021: £5.8m). The 
additions in the year included 
continued investment in reusable 
packaging in Germany, an asset under 
development relating to the Group’s 
technology programme alongside 
shelf racking for our new third-party 
warehouse in the US. 
During the year, new leases were 
entered into with respect to US 
warehousing, and the UK office lease 
was renewed for a further five years, 
resulting in additions of £15.1m in 
right-of-use assets, offset by their 
corresponding liabilities.
Cash position
The Group continues to retain a 
strong cash position, with cash at year 
end of £95.3m (2021: £166.2m). 
This platform provides a significant 
competitive advantage over many 
of our premium mixer competitors 
globally and has allowed the Group 
to remain focused on driving 
strategic progress whilst navigating 
the challenges and disruption in the 
external environment which have 
been ongoing since early 2020.
The Group’s Capital Allocation 
framework remains unchanged.  
We intend to retain sufficient cash 
to allow for investment against the 
opportunity ahead and primarily 
foresee this investment taking the 
form of operational expenditure, 
including upweighted marketing 
spend across our growth regions 
at the appropriate stage, whilst we 
also intend to retain sufficient cash 
reserves to allow us to take advantage 
of opportunities to upweight and 
accelerate investment as they arise.
Whilst not a priority or essential 
component of the Group’s plans,  
we also remain vigilant with regards 
to M&A opportunities that would 
further assist with the delivery 
of our strategy, as demonstrated 
by the acquisition of Powell & 
Mahoney in 2022. Where the Board 
considers there to be surplus cash 
held on the balance sheet it will 
consider additional distribution to 
shareholders, as demonstrated by the 
payment of a £50m special dividend 
in 2022.
Dividend
The Group remains committed to a 
progressive dividend policy and as 
such, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 10.68 pence per 
share in respect of 2022 (2021: 10.47 
pence per share) bringing the total 
dividend for the year to 16.31 pence 
per share (2021: 15.99 pence per 
share). If approved by shareholders at 
the AGM on 25 May 2023 the final 
dividend will be paid on 2 June 2023 
to shareholders on the register on  
21 April 2023.
Performance indicators
The Group monitors its performance 
through a number of key indicators. 
These are formulated at Board 
meetings and reviewed at both an 
operational and Board level. 
Progress against these key indicators 
was closely monitored during the 
year. Due to the ongoing challenges 
posed by macroeconomic volatility, 
targeted performance was adjusted 
accordingly as the year progressed. 
Group revenue growth was strong 
but marginally behind expectations, 
whilst the gross margin and adjusted 
EBITDA margin were both down 
year on year and behind the Board’s 
expectations.
Revenue growth %
Group revenue growth was +10.7%  
in 2022 (2021: +23.4%).
Gross margin %
The Group achieved a gross margin  
of 34.5% in 2022 (2021: 42.1%).
Adjusted EBITDA margin %
The Group achieved an adjusted 
EBITDA margin of 11.6% in 2022 
(2021: 20.2%).
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
66

S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (“Section 172”), a Director is required 
to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. The following 
pages comprise our Section 172 statement, which describes how the Board have  
had regard to the matters in Section 172 in carrying out their duties over the course 
of 2022.
Board papers are prepared with Section 172 duties in mind and the Board’s consideration of their Section 172 duties 
forms a key basis for their decisions. During 2022, we continued to identify six key stakeholders as critical for the success 
of our future business; the interests of whom the Board considers and balances in making their decisions. 
We set out below the key priorities for each stakeholder group and the ways in which we engaged with them during the 
course of 2022. This list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all stakeholder priorities and engagement activity, but  
to provide a summary that illustrates the importance stakeholder groups play in the Board’s decision-making.
Workforce
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity
•	 Providing a safe, diverse 
and inclusive working 
environment with 
opportunities to develop 
and make an impact, 
that also allows an open 
dialogue about how the 
business can continue to 
innovate and improve.
•	 A focus on mental, physical 
and financial wellbeing, 
including monitoring the 
impact of recent increases 
in the cost of living and 
providing support to our 
workforce.
•	 The Board’s engagement with our 
workforce includes formal and  
informal meetings. Directors were  
also invited to attend a number of  
more informal company events where 
they had the opportunity to engage 
with the workforce. 
•	 The Chief People Officer reported to  
the Board on employee engagement  
and wellbeing, including reporting on 
the Group’s performance framework 
and measurement metrics.
•	 Kevin Havelock, our designated 
Non-Executive Director for workforce 
engagement, met with employee groups 
from multiple markets during the  
year and provided feedback to the 
Board on team culture and alignment 
with Group values.
•	 During the year and informed by workforce engagement, 
the Board supported a number of initiatives to further 
enhance our desired culture and diversity including:
	– 	the work of the global DE&I Committee, which 
included initiatives such as training on ‘Managing  
a diverse and inclusive workforce’;
	– 	an upgraded employee benefits package, which 
included launching an electric vehicle salary sacrifice 
scheme and a one-off bonus for UK employees to 
assist with the rising cost of living; 
	– 	a continued apprenticeship scheme in the UK office; 
	– 	training 14 employees from cross-departmental areas 
as Mental Health First Aiders;
	– 	enabling global mobility opportunities for employees 
and cross departmental moves; and
	– 	bringing 24 people together for training for those new 
to management.
  Further information:
Nomination Committee Report / page 84
Remuneration Committee Report / page 90 
67
Strategic Report

S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
Suppliers
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity 
•	 Close engagement 
with the business to 
better understand 
demand and 
mitigate supply 
chain risk.
•	 Prompt and accurate 
payment for goods 
and services.
•	 Develop mutually 
beneficial growth.
•	 Our outsourced business model and 
commitment to innovation relies on a network 
of strong and long-term supplier partnerships. 
The Board is updated on supply chain matters 
at every Board meeting, and continued to 
drive the relationships with key suppliers 
throughout the year. This included a Board 
visit to our largest bottling partner in the  
UK, and continued close engagement with 
our second US bottling plant, which serves 
the East Coast, allowing the business to better 
service its growing US consumer base. 
•	 The Board also continued to track the impact 
of recent economic and political events on 
supply chains. These included the flow-on 
effects of COVID-19, the war in Ukraine, 
and rising energy costs and inflation, all of 
which pose a formidable test for supply chains 
globally. These created challenges to demand 
forecasting, material sourcing, production 
planning and logistics. The Group’s continued 
ability to work with suppliers to react 
resiliently to changing circumstances and 
successfully mitigate disruption has been a 
testament to the strength of its partnerships.
•	 The Board continued to endorse various measures used to 
react to recent supply chain challenges and mitigate their 
effects including:
	– 	regular meetings between business teams regarding the 
supply and management of key materials to anticipate 
issues as early as possible and mitigate effects 
accordingly (including weekly meetings in the second 
half of the year to manage glass supply in various 
markets);
	– 	collaborative working between technical, innovation 
and supply chain teams to re-engineer raw materials 
or components as well as trialling new product 
specifications to address shortages of particular 
commodities and/or raw materials; and
	– 	supporting key suppliers in their internal projects  
and adjusting ways of working accordingly, in order  
to preserve our long-term partnerships.
  Further information:
Business Model / page 12
Sustainability Review / page 41
International Distributors
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity 
•	 Regular 
communication  
and strong 
partnerships.
•	 Clear marketing  
plans and tailored 
branding support.
•	 Joint investment 
to drive long-term 
growth.
•	 Outside of the UK, US and Germany, 
the Group operates through a network of 
international distributors. The Board is 
updated on international performance by  
the CEO at every Board meeting. Fever-Tree’s 
International Director presented to the  
Board on strategic plans, performance  
in key markets and future opportunities  
for the portfolio.
•	 Each Board member regularly takes the opportunity at 
meetings to challenge international strategy and provide 
market insights based on their own local knowledge and 
experience. 
•	 The Board endorsed further investment in the Group’s 
international teams during the year, including building 
regional capabilities in category management and brand 
management, and also supported a number of key 
initiatives, including:
	– 	continuing to strengthen our route to market with 
new distribution relationships in multiple markets, 
including Japan and Canada;
	– 	the continued extension of our international portfolio 
with the successful launch of Sodas across multiple 
markets, specifically in France (Mexican Lime Soda  
and Italian Blood Orange Soda) and Italy (Sparkling 
Pink Grapefruit);
	– 	brand partnership successes, including co-promotions 
with Pernod Ricard (with brands Lillet and Ceder’s) 
and Bacardi Martini (with Bombay Sapphire);
	– 	TV media campaigns in Italy and an increased digital 
media presence in various markets, notably in the 
Benelux region; and
	– 	the continued roll-out of our successful festival 
and branded bar concepts in various markets, with 
Cambodia being a recent example.
  Further information:
Business Model / page 12
Our Strategy / page 20
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
68

Consumers
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity 
•	 Sourcing the 
finest ingredients 
to create the best 
quality drinks.
•	 Innovations to 
cater for new and 
different occasions.
•	 A responsible 
brand committed to 
producing products 
ethically and 
sustainably.
•	 Our Board are regularly informed of 
consumer needs, preferences and concerns 
and building further consumer brand 
awareness and household penetration has 
been a key theme of Board discussions  
during the year. 
•	 The Group’s marketing strategy and product 
innovation programme formed the basis 
of multiple sessions with the Board, which 
included feedback from consumers and 
tracking studies to evaluate the impact  
on our end consumer.
•	 Consumer considerations and feedback directly informed 
the Board’s support for a number of initiatives including: 
	– 	reacting to changing consumer demands with the 
launch of new flavours such as Spanish Clementine 
Tonic Water and Sparkling Pink Grapefruit (UK),  
Blood Orange Ginger Beer and Sicilian Lemonade 
(US), as well as Distillers Cola (Australia); 
	– 	entry into the Adult Premium Soft Drink market 
in the UK with our ‘Sparkling’ range in 500ml and 
250ml formats: Ginger Beer, Sicilian Lemonade, 
Italian White Grape & Apricot (500ml only) and 
Mexican Lime Soda (250ml only);
	– 	continuation of spirit partnerships across our  
major markets;
	– 	continuing to create engaging content for our 
consumers through our social media channels; 
	– 	launching a new out-of-home (OOH) and radio 
campaign through the summer in the UK and 
continuing our national TV campaign in the UK, 
regionally in Spain, as well as rolling this out in Italy;
	– 	overseeing the continuous roll out of our improved 
packaging graphics, and updating our brand visual 
identity across our markets; 
	– 	communicating and championing our carbon neutral 
credentials in the UK; and
	– 	the acquisition of Powell & Mahoney LLC (P^M),  
a premium non-carbonated mixer brand, to support 
the launch of the Fever-Tree brand into this category.
  Further information:
Our Strategy / page 20
Sustainability Review / page 41
69
Strategic Report

S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
Environment and Communities
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity 
•	 A commitment to doing 
business in a way that 
is beneficial to both the 
environment and the  
wider community.
•	 A socially responsible 
business that sources 
conscientiously and 
engages with local 
communities at every  
level of the supply chain.
•	 The Board considers environmental 
objectives as a strategic priority 
and is encouraged by a number of 
exciting sustainability initiatives in 
development. The Board considers  
the impact of Fever-Tree’s operations  
on the community and the environment 
in all of its decision making.
•	 Our Social, Ethical and Environmental Business Policy 
is embedded in our partnerships and underpins our 
business model. 
•	 The Board continues to support the many community-
led initiatives within the business including:
	– 	continuing our long-standing partnership with 
Malaria No More, including donating funds to launch 
Malaria No More’s Zero Malaria Campaign Coalition 
and hosting a reception for parliamentarians to 
encourage further investment in The Global Fund 
(which aims to fight AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria);
	– 	a continued partnership with UK charity Future 
Frontiers, which connects young people from 
disadvantaged backgrounds with mentors from  
our UK business;
	– 	building on our relationship with Earthwatch by 
supporting its portfolio of 150 ‘Tiny Forests’ across  
the UK; and
	– 	partnering with other local charities, including 
supplying organisations like St. John’s Ambulance 
with Fever-Tree stock to support various events  
they run.
•	 The Board also supported the Group’s efforts to embed 
a community focus into our supply chain processes, 
including continuing efforts to update and develop our 
Ingredients Supplier Due Diligence framework and 
associated tools to incorporate a focus on environmental 
and social considerations in our supply chain.
  Further information:
Business Model / page 12
Our Strategy / page 20
Sustainability Review / page 42
Investors
Key priorities
Board engagement
Impact on Group activity 
•	 Clear communication  
of short-term trading  
and long-term strategy  
to outline the delivery  
of sustainable and 
profitable growth.
•	 Regular engagement and 
consultation with investors 
throughout the year.
•	 Consistent engagement 
with sell-side analysts, 
including consensus 
management to ensure 
expectations are in line 
with internal estimates.
•	 The Group maintains communication 
with institutional investors through 
individual meetings with Executive 
Directors, particularly following 
publication of the Group’s Interim  
and Full Year results.
•	 The Group’s Investor Relations Director 
shares shareholder feedback with the 
Board regularly, with investor relations 
activity a standing item on the Board’s 
agenda for each of its meetings.
•	 The Executive Directors are sent 
monthly Investor Relations summaries 
of share price movement, share register 
changes (significant buyers/sellers), sell-
side views and consensus management.
•	 Investor discussions and feedback are taken into 
consideration when refining externally communicated 
KPIs and guiding the market, including providing  
more granularity around cost of goods sold breakdown 
and their respective inflationary pressures.
•	 During the year, we released three trading updates 
and delivered two full results presentations (on our 
Preliminary Results (in March) and Interim Results  
(in September)).
•	 The Investor Relations team also carried out over  
600 investor engagements during 2022, including two 
roadshows to the US, one to Frankfurt and one to Paris, 
conducting face-to-face meetings with a substantial 
number of current and potential shareholders.
  Further information:
Our Strategy / page 20
Corporate Governance Statement / page 80
Audit Committee Report / page 86
Remuneration Committee Report / page 90
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
70

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
MANAGING RISK
“We recognise that maximising our potential and growth 
opportunities in accordance with our strategy requires a robust 
and effective risk management framework. Our approach to 
managing risk is simple and practical.”
The Audit Committee, under delegated authority from the Board, oversees our internal controls and risk management 
framework, including reviewing the controls in place to mitigate any potential adverse impacts. The Board is ultimately 
responsible for facilitating the effective identification, evaluation, management and mitigation of risks for the Group.
Each functional area of the Group is tasked with monitoring emerging or changing risks in their field with risk and 
mitigation owners appointed. This includes the formation of sub-Committees for particular areas of risk, which meet 
through the year to monitor trends and challenge the impact of mitigation efforts relating to that risk. The output of 
these processes is subject to periodic review with the Executive Directors and reported back to the Board. 
In addition, the Board receives presentations from different departments within the Group on an ongoing basis to keep  
the Board informed on strategic and operational performance and the controls in place to mitigate risks faced by the 
Group. We aim to hold at least one such presentation at each Board meeting with contributions from Regional Heads  
and Strategy, Supply Chain, Technical, HR, Marketing, Sustainability, Legal and Finance teams during the year. 
When we look at risks, we specifically consider the effects they could have on our business model, our culture and our 
long-term strategic objectives. We consider both short-term and long-term risks, as well as environmental, social and 
governance risks. Each risk is quantified against set criteria, considering both the likelihood of occurrence and the 
potential impact on the Group both before and after the application of mitigation measures. We use these results to 
identify specific actions and further available mitigation measures, and the implementation of these in operations  
by each of our Group companies. These assessments are recorded in a Group Key Risk Register, formed of our most 
significant risks from across the entire business. This register is then finally reviewed, challenged and then ratified  
by the Board on a bi-annual basis.
An overview of the principal risks facing Fever-Tree is summarised on the following pages. The Board’s assessment of the 
long-term viability of the Group is also reviewed annually and more detail on this can be found in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 86 to 89.
71
Strategic Report

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The Board sets out below the principal risks and uncertainties that the Directors consider could impact the business. 
This list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all the risks faced by the business. The Board recognises that the nature 
and scope of risks can change and that there are other risks to which the Group is exposed.
Political and consumer economic environment – macroeconomic volatility 
The combination of global inflationary pressures, COVID-19, the UK’s exit from the EU in 2020 and the current war in Ukraine has 
heightened the risk of a worsening of economic conditions in the Group’s key geographic markets.
Impact of risk
A worsening of economic conditions could 
lead to further input cost inflation, and 
reduced consumer confidence and spending 
which could impact demand for products and 
limitations on the Group’s ability to increase 
or maintain the prices of its products in its  
key markets.
Inflationary cost pressures across categories 
will impact the Group’s margins and 
profitability. The instability in Ukraine is 
having a direct impact on gas pricing and 
availability with a number of potential 
impacts, including: (i) potential disruption to 
glass manufacturing due to availability of gas 
for production lines; and (ii) increases in gas 
costs impacting the availability and cost of CO2, 
the cost of glass bottles, the ability of On-Trade 
outlets to continue trading, and consumer 
sentiment and discretionary spending. 
In the UK, the Group is at a more mature 
phase and as a market leader may be more 
exposed to downturns in consumer confidence 
than it was during phases of accelerated 
growth and rapid gains in market share. 
Actions to mitigate risk
The Group’s outsourced business model provides a strong degree of operational flexibility 
which underpins an ability to adapt our business operations to address and mitigate 
disruption caused by conflict, Brexit, COVID, gas availability, input price pressure and more. 
In addition to this, the Group has where possible built contingency stocks of raw materials, 
packaging and finished goods across its UK, European and US regions and continues to work 
on a number of strategic initiatives which will help to mitigate the impact of supply chain 
disruption and ongoing inflationary pressures during 2023. 
The Group has increased its focus on procurement with a number of new hires in the 
Supply Chain team to improve forward planning and business continuity strategy. The 
Group continues to work on improving both pricing with suppliers and security of supply 
as we plan ahead for the future. With regards to the cost of glass bottles, a balance will be 
struck between securing supply and introducing pricing mechanisms which will allow for 
recalibration as and when underlying gas pricing normalises.
Whilst inflationary pressures will inevitably result in increased cost of goods and logistics 
costs in the short term, the Group is well placed to absorb margin dilution, starting from a 
strong profitability position, with no bank debt/covenants to adhere to, a variable cost base 
and a strong balance sheet.
The positioning of the Group’s products as an affordable luxury alongside its diverse 
customer, channel and regional mix would be expected to mitigate the impact at Group level 
of worsening economic conditions on consumer demand in specific markets. There is also an 
expectation that the Group will be in a position to increase pricing to different degrees across 
markets whilst maintaining its relative price point to the competition.
Political and consumer economic environment – COVID-19 
The disruption created by COVID-19 continues to impact our workforce, supply chain, suppliers, customers and consumers, with  
the potential for longer standing macro-economic effects that could continue to impact the global economy in 2023 and beyond. 
There remains the risk that more virulent/transmissible variants will emerge and force further cycles of restrictions.
Impact of risk 
Financial pressures have resulted in some 
On-Trade outlets not reopening as restrictions 
were lifted with the possibility of further 
closures should there be further waves of 
infection and rounds of restrictions. Any long 
term reduction in On-Trade outlets as a result 
of closures could have an ongoing impact 
on the Group’s trading. Reduced consumer 
confidence and spending could lead to reduced 
demand for products and limitations on the 
Group’s ability to increase or maintain the 
prices of its products.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group is a global business with revenue diversified across regions, channels and 
customers and as such is not reliant on one region, channel or major customer. Alongside 
this, the Group is in a very strong financial position and has already navigated two years 
of COVID-related disruption. We are debt-free, £95.3m cash in hand at FY22. Our strong 
underlying cash flow conversion, our low level of capital commitments and low fixed cost 
base means that we are in a robust position to continue to withstand any ongoing impacts  
of COVID-19.
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
72

Competition 
The Group continues to face competition from other beverage companies in the mixer category. This could intensify in the Group’s 
core markets through other companies further increasing focus and investment in their existing brands, introducing their own brands  
or acquiring local brands. 
In the UK, the Group’s priority is to continue to grow in the face of aggressive pricing policies and marketing strategies from its 
competitors, who are focused on taking share from the brand. Outside of the UK, the Group’s emphasis remains on continuing 
to capitalise on its first mover advantage in the vast majority of markets, to drive category growth and increased market share by 
building brand and category awareness and further catalysing the longstanding consumer trends towards premiumisation and  
long mixed drinks.
Impact of risk 
Increased competition and 
unanticipated actions by 
competitors could lead to a 
decline in the Group’s market 
share or pressure on pricing  
and marketing spend, which  
may have an adverse effect on 
the Group’s profitability and 
hinder its growth potential. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group has consistently faced strong, robust competition over its lifetime, from both large multinationals 
and more focused, copycat local brands, and despite this has successfully built market share in every region 
in which it operates. The Group’s first mover advantage in almost all of its markets, product quality, brand 
strength and diverse territorial, channel, customer and product mix all combine to mitigate the risk of 
increased competition affecting overall Group performance. The wider mixer category remains in good 
health too and growing in the Group’s key markets. The Group’s available levels of investment aids its ability 
to defend and react to competitor actions whilst the challenging macroeconomic conditions currently are 
expected to weigh more heavily on the Group’s smaller competitors who may not have the same strength of 
balance sheet or procurement scale to continue to invest strongly in the opportunity. The Group continues 
to invest significantly in product innovation, finding and securing the best sales forces and operational 
personnel and identifying the best supply and distribution partners for each of the Group’s markets so that  
it is best placed to deal with competitive challenges. 
Supply chain – business continuity 
The Group operates an asset-light, outsourced business model, working with third party bottlers, canners, logistics and distribution 
partners. In addition, the Group is dependent on the supply of a number of key ingredients for its products, such as quinine and fresh 
green ginger, for which there are a limited number of suppliers. Direct material costs (which include the costs of raw materials such as 
sugar and packaging materials, including glass) represent the largest component of the Group’s cost of sales.
The Group could be affected if there were a significant disruption to any of the Group’s key raw material suppliers, production, storage 
or distribution partners, or to the wider global supply chain market, as has happened in 2022. 
Further, commodity price changes may result in increases in the cost of raw materials and packaging materials for the Group’s 
products due to a variety of factors outside the Group’s control. In particular, the war in Ukraine has caused energy prices to increase 
drastically, which has impacted costs in many areas of the Group’s supply chain.
Impact of risk 
In the event of such 
disruption the Group may 
not be able to arrange 
for alternative supply, 
production, storage or 
distribution on as favourable 
terms, or with sufficient 
speed to ensure continuity 
of business.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group now bottles/cans with eight different partners, across UK, continental Europe and the US.  
A number of other initiatives have further diversified the Group’s supply chain: (i) a second canning line 
was installed at our primary UK canning partner in January 2021; (ii) two new warehousing sites were 
identified in the US, coming on line in Q4 2022 and Q1 2023; (iii) a new German warehouse was set up in  
Q1 2021; (iv) three additional cross-Atlantic forwarders have been identified to minimise shipping delays; 
(v) a contingency 4x200ml solution was implemented in 2021 at our secondary UK bottler to enable dual 
supply of format. This increasing footprint of bottlers allows the Group to absorb capacity requirements 
from long-term future growth and shorter-term unbudgeted growth. 
In addition, in the US we hold our stock across three locations on the West Coast, East Coast and in Texas. 
The Group also works with multiple glass suppliers and wherever possible retains contingency levels of glass 
to cover unexpected shortages of supply. In addition, the Group maintains a buffer stock of key ingredients 
and raw materials to allow sufficient time to reformulate in the event of disruption to supply. We have 
increased buffer stocks of key ingredients such as quinine and ginger to mitigate the current disruption.
Alongside these actions, the Group takes out and maintains business interruption cover insurance to 
mitigate the financial risk of any potential disruption in supply. We agreed pricing with our main glass 
supplier for H2 2022 and are looking at wider contingency planning and working with multiple glass 
suppliers moving forwards. We are working to implement local production in Australia starting in 2023. 
The Group has increased its focus on procurement with a number of new hires in the Supply Chain team  
to improve forward planning and business continuity strategy.
At a macro level there has been an inflation in raw material and logistics costs and indications from early 
negotiations with suppliers suggest the Group may need to accept a higher than usual increase in its raw 
material and supply chain costs for 2023. The Group may look to mitigate the impact of such rises by 
increasing its sales price to distributors and customers where appropriate.
73
Strategic Report

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Supply chain – inconsistent quality or contamination of the group’s products 
The quality of the Group’s products is a key component of Fever-Tree’s brand strength. The Group’s products are produced by a 
network of outsourced production partners based around the world, and the products include key ingredients sourced from multiple 
partners. The network of different bottling partners and ingredients suppliers must combine to consistently deliver products of the 
highest quality which are safe for consumption by Fever-Tree’s consumers.
The growth of the Group’s sales in the USA and other international markets increases our potential exposure to a significant product 
liability judgement. 
Impact of risk 
A lack of consistency in the quality of products 
or contamination of the Group’s products, 
whether occurring accidentally or through 
deliberate third-party action, could harm 
the integrity of, or consumer support for, the 
brand. A significant product liability issue or 
a widespread product recall could negatively 
impact the reputation of the affected product 
and/or the Group’s brand for a period of time 
depending on product availability, competitive 
reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a 
product liability claim is unsuccessful or is 
not fully pursued, resulting negative publicity 
could adversely affect the Group’s reputation 
and brand image, which may have a material 
adverse effect on the Group’s prospects, results 
of operations and financial condition.
Actions to mitigate risk 
All of our bottling partners are high quality operators with excellent QA levels and our  
Chief Supply Chain Officer and Technical Director run a rigorous due diligence process  
when on-boarding any new bottlers. In addition, the Group has upweighted resource in 
its technical team to support regional production and supply partners, including a local 
US Quality team, as well as UK and EU Quality managers. Following disruption due to 
COVID-19 which meant many site visits could only take place virtually in 2021, we have 
recommenced in-person site visits during 2022 following disruption caused by COVID-19 
and will continue to ramp these up in 2023. 
Key management are regularly trained on crisis management and crisis team ways of 
working. Alongside this, we periodically undertake crisis challenge simulation exercises  
with external consultants to provide a test of processes and crisis team ways of working. 
The Group has also undertaken work on its communication strategy in the event of a product 
issue arising with the help of external advisers. The Group also takes out and maintains 
product liability and recall insurance to mitigate the potential financial risk of a product 
quality issue arising.
Environmental 
As the Group grows, we are increasingly mindful of the potential for our operations to have an impact on the wider environment. 
Failure to identify areas for improvement and/or current risks in our supply chain could have a negative impact on the environment 
and resultingly the brand’s public perception. Climate change increasingly represents a risk to the Group’s ability to source ingredients 
from around the world, as well as potentially impacting our ability to produce our products.
Impact of risk 
A shortage of ingredients due to a poor annual 
harvest or further supply constraints resulting 
from climate changes over time could impact 
our ability to produce and sell our products. 
Regulatory or consumer perception shifts 
could have a marked impact on our sales  
and marketing operations and packaging  
in future years and/or require incremental 
future investment to comply with, and meet 
them, respectively.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group has upweighted its in-house resource and focus on sustainability and 
environmental issues in recent years. Led by our Head of Sustainability we have further 
developed a Sustainability framework with ambitious plans for the next three years.  
A detailed mapping and analysis of the Group’s carbon footprint together with that of 
its outsourced suppliers has provided the basis on which the Group has established an 
emissions reduction programme whilst also exploring multiple environmental partnerships 
with suppliers and third parties. In addition, the Group is increasingly bottling in locations 
closer to the end consumer, with progress being made on US local production and further 
efforts scheduled for 2023, reducing our route to market and carbon footprint. In October 
2021 the Group announced that it has partnered with The Carbon Trust to measure its 
carbon emissions in the UK, from sourcing of ingredients to disposal of packaging after 
consumption, and based on this assessment the Group has started to offset its emissions by 
nature-based projects in regions where key ingredients are sourced, such as the Isani RED++ 
rainforest conservation project in the DRC. Subsequently the Group was able to announce 
that all of its products sold in the UK are carbon-neutral.
The Group has also conducted a wholesale review of its packaging. Our bottles, cans 
and cardboard pack sleeves are 100% recyclable and a proportion of each glass bottle 
and aluminium can is made from recycled materials. The Group is also engaged with the 
proposed implementation of a deposit return scheme to be introduced in Scotland in 2023  
and has established a working group to focus on the implications and impacts of a wider 
roll-out of a deposit scheme across the UK. 
The Group established an internal ESG Committee in 2022, including both the  
CEO and CFO, to establish targets and KPIs for the wider business on an ongoing basis.
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
74

Social and ethical 
The Group and components of its supply chain operate in certain international markets which may have inherent risks relating to 
enforcement of obligations, cultural differences, security of staff, lawful working conditions, fraud, bribery and corruption. 
Impact of risk 
There is increased focus on these issues from 
regulators, consumers and investors and any 
form of non-compliance in this area could 
have a significant negative impact on the 
brand as well as the Group’s operations.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group’s Social, Ethical and Environmental Business Policy is embedded into its 
relationships with all suppliers, distributors and partners, seeking to ensure that the 
Group’s partners operate with respect to human rights and the environment. This includes 
compliance with the terms of the ETI code, the Bribery Act and the Modern Slavery Act.
The Technical team conducts regular audits, site visits and traceability exercises on our 
suppliers to monitor compliance with these standards and identify potential issues. We also 
commenced a series of third party audits on key suppliers in 2022, managed by our Technical 
team and our Head of Sustainability.
The Group has confidence in its long-standing relationships with trusted suppliers of its 
key ingredients. Any new supplier identified to source raw materials goes through a robust 
formal approval and audit process to ensure their standards and certifications match our 
expectations. In the event that a significant issue arises, the Group has also prepared its 
strategy and crisis communications to mitigate potentially negative effects on the brand.
Key management 
The Group’s success is linked to the efforts and abilities of key personnel and its ability to retain such personnel as well as attracting 
other highly skilled individuals. The Executive management team, which includes one of the founders of the business, has significant 
experience in the industry and has made an important contribution to the Group’s growth and success. 
Impact of risk 
Critically, this is a Founder-led business and 
the loss of the services of the Founder on 
the executive management team could have 
an adverse effect on the Group’s operations. 
Equally, the loss from the Group of a member 
of the executive management team could have 
an adverse effect on operations. 
Actions to mitigate risk 
As the Group grows, further work is being undertaken to preserve the business’s culture and 
ensure its purpose, strategy and values are well understood by the workforce. 
The Remuneration Committee sets appropriate remuneration packages for the Executive 
team to ensure they are incentivised to stay with the business. Whilst investors and other 
stakeholders continue to attach importance to our remaining Founder and other members 
of the executive team remaining actively involved in the business, as the Group and its 
workforce grows dependence on these individuals’ contribution should gradually lessen. 
The Chief People Officer works to ensure the senior management team is appropriately 
remunerated against market rates, with additional LTIP performance incentives to encourage 
retention and high performance. Should any member of the senior management team leave, 
the ambition would be to identify an internal candidate as a replacement, but where that is 
not currently possible or appropriate we work to ensure we cultivate a continual view of the 
current market for external candidates. 
IT 
The Group uses information technology systems for the processing, transmission and storage of electronic data relating to its 
operations and financial reporting. A significant portion of communications among the Group’s personnel, customers and suppliers 
relies on the efficient performance of information technology systems. Owing to its outsourced model, the Group is also reliant  
on the proper functioning of IT systems at its major suppliers. The Group acknowledges that the incidence and sophistication of 
cyber-attacks across the industry has increased notably in recent times.
Impact of risk 
If the Group, or any of its significant 
stakeholders or partners, were subject to a 
cyber-attack or other issue impacting the 
ability for its IT systems to effectively operate, 
this could have a material adverse effect on the 
Group’s operations.
Actions to mitigate risk 
The Group employs a Head of Technology, supported by an experienced team and IT Manager 
to develop, test, maintain, and improve the security of our IT infrastructure. The Group’s IT 
Security Committee meet regularly to monitor potential threats and take mitigating actions. 
Following completion of thorough penetration testing and vulnerability assessments in 2021 
and 2022, the Group has a good level of protection and controls in place to avoid exposure 
to known threats. A programme of work is in progress to address key threats through: (i) 
implementation of clearer governance and management controls; (ii) implementation of an 
externally managed security services provider; (iii) updates to employee and IT policies; and (iv) 
implementation of new security training tools to improve employee vigilance to security risk.
The Group has engaged with key suppliers to better understand the robustness of their IT 
environments and risks associated with any planned maintenance of or changes to those 
environments. The Group also has Cyber and Crime insurance policies in place which 
mitigate its financial exposure to these risks. 
75
Strategic Report

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
76
VIABILITY STATEMENT 
As required by the FRC’s UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has assessed  
the Group’s prospects and viability over a three-year period to 31 December 2025.  
A three-year assessment period was selected as it corresponds with the Board’s normal 
strategic planning horizon as well as the period over which senior management are 
remunerated via long-term incentive plans. The three-year period balances the long-term 
nature of investments in the beverages industry with an assessment of the viability of the key 
drivers of near-term business performance as well as external factors impacting our business. 
In making this assessment, the Board took 
account of the Group’s current financial 
position, the fact there is no debt, annual 
budget, three-year plan, forecasts, and 
sensitivity testing on the performance of the 
business over the Medium-term. The Board 
also considered several other factors including 
the Group’s operational business model, 
its risk management and internal control 
effectiveness and whether the principal risks 
and uncertainties, alone or combined, would  
be likely to impact the Group’s viability during 
the three-year period under consideration. 
The Board considered the impact of another 
potential COVID-19 pandemic. Although 
there is risk that any long term reduction 
in On-Trade outlets as a result of closures 
could have an ongoing impact on the Group’s 
trading, the Board believes the Group has a 
sufficiently diversified customer base across 
multiple channels and markets and has further 
diversified its supply chain so as to mitigate 
against any material risk COVID-19 might 
have on the Group’s viability. As a result, no 
specific scenario was considered in relation to 
the ongoing impacts of COVID-19 and instead 
any such impacts were considered within the 
business continuity scenario.
The Board also considered the impact of the 
ongoing conflict in Ukraine on its supply chain 
operations and ability to maintain business 
continuity; especially the ability to secure raw 
materials and the inflationary implications on 
commodities and energy. The Board believes 
the Group has demonstrated resilience in 
order to ensure adequate levels of supply were 
maintained in 2022 and believes further macro 
initiatives have been developed across the globe 
to improve future supply; but recognises the 
implications of increased costs to its materials 
and operations, especially energy, over the next 
3 years. The Board has included a prudent 
scenario to consider significant business 
disruption and believes this does not impact 
the Group’s viability to continue operations.
Therefore, the Board applied two scenarios:
•	 A significant business interruption issue, 
which could result from the ongoing conflict 
in Ukraine; another COVID-19 or similar 
pandemic; a cyber attack; a fire at a key 
production partner; or from a disruption 
in availability of a key ingredient due to an 
extreme weather event.
•	 A scenario where inflation will continue 
at levels significantly above the OECD’s 
forecasted levels for the next three years 
in key markets in which the Group has 
significant operations or procures significant 
materials from.
Against these conservative, prudent scenarios, 
and before considering the opportunity for 
mitigating actions such as the utilisation of 
existing redundancy in our production model, 
or making reductions in variable operating 
expenditure, the forecasts for the period to 
December 2025 indicate that the Group would 
continue to hold significant cash balances. 
The Board also believes that the Group does 
have ability to take on debt to support its 
cash position should it need to, although this 
scenario has not been deemed necessary.
Based on this assessment, notwithstanding the 
remaining level of uncertainty related to the 
wider macroeconomic environment, especially 
the implications of the ongoing conflict in 
Ukraine, the Board has a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will continue to operate and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due during the 
period to 31 December 2025. 
This Strategic Report was approved on 
behalf of the Board on 21 March 2023.
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer

Governance
77
GOVERNANCE
78  Board of Directors
80  Corporate Governance statement
84  Nomination Committee report
86  Audit Committee report
90  Remuneration Committee report
105  Directors’ report
107  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
78
Kevin joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 11 January 
2018. Kevin has more than 25 
years’ drinks industry experience 
and was Global President of 
Refreshment at Unilever from 
2011 until the end of 2017, 
responsible for the Group’s €10 
billion revenue global beverages 
and ice cream business. Kevin 
held a wealth of senior leadership 
positions for Unilever around the 
world, including Chairman for 
Unilever UK, Unilever France 
and Unilever Arabia as well 
as President, Unilever North 
America. He was a Unilever 
Executive Committee member, 
sat on the Group’s Sustainability 
Board and was Co-Chair of the 
Pepsi/Lipton tea joint venture. 
Kevin is a Trustee of the Eden 
Project and sits on the board of 
The All-England Lawn Tennis 
Club and Championships. 
Kevin was a Non-Executive 
Director of Morrisons Plc from 
February 2018 until it was taken 
private in October 2021. Kevin 
is also the Group’s designated 
Non-Executive Director who is 
responsible for engaging with 
employees and ensuring that the 
employee voice is represented in 
the boardroom.
A
N
R
Kevin Havelock (65)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Jeff joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 11 January 
2018. Jeff has significant 
experience across the North 
American beverage industry, 
gathered over almost 30 years, 
with particular expertise in 
sales and distribution in the US. 
His experience spans the beer, 
spirits, premium non-alcoholic 
carbonated soft drink and health 
& wellness beverage categories 
for a range of global brands. His 
leadership roles have included 
CEO of Red Bull Distribution, 
North America, President of 
Vita Coco and most recently as 
North American CEO of Mast-
Jägermeister.
N
A
Jeff Popkin (58)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Tim has been the CEO of the 
Group since 2014. Tim has a 
business management degree 
from Newcastle University, 
specialising in food marketing. 
During university he started 
his first business, a waitering 
agency. In 1998 he joined a 
London-based advertising and 
branding agency. Subsequently, 
he launched the Business 
Development Consultancy 
which included identifying 
opportunities in the premium 
food and drink sector. It was in 
this role that he made contact 
with Charles Rolls, which 
resulted in the co-founding  
of Fever-Tree in 2004.
D
Tim Warrillow (48)
Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer
Coline joined the Group as 
a Non-Executive Director 
on 7 November 2014 and is 
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. Coline studied 
law at the University of New 
South Wales and holds an MBA 
from Harvard (Baker Scholar). 
She has previously worked for 
McKinsey and for Clear Channel 
as CEO of the International 
division and was Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee at 
Inchcape plc for five years. 
Coline currently serves as a 
Non-Executive Director and 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
for both of 3i Group plc and 
Travis Perkins plc. She is also  
on the German Supervisory 
Board of TUI AG, since its 
merger with TUI Travel plc 
and serves on the board of 
Kings Cross Central. Coline was 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
at TUI Travel plc for three years.
A
R
N
Coline McConville (58)
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

79
Governance
Domenic joined the Group as  
a Non-Executive Director on  
17 May 2018 and is Chair of the 
Audit Committee. As announced 
previously, Domenic will take 
over as Chair of the Board from 
the end of the 2023 AGM. 
Domenic is a qualified chartered 
accountant and brings with 
him a wealth of management 
experience in the beverages and 
consumer goods sector having 
spent 20 years at SABMiller, 
the former FTSE 100 beverage 
company, focusing on strategy 
and corporate development 
before reaching the position 
of Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Board Director. 
Domenic is a Non-Executive 
Director of Asahi Breweries 
Europe Group and is a senior 
consultant to Asahi Group 
Holdings.
N
N
A
A
R
A
N
D
D
D
R
R
Domenic De Lorenzo (58) 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and Chair elect
Laura joined the Group as a 
Non-Executive Director on 
20 May 2021. Laura is currently 
the Chief People Officer at 
Gymshark, the leading fitness 
apparel and accessories brand, 
manufacturer and online 
retailer. With over 25 years 
of experience, Laura has held 
senior positions at Tate & Lyle 
PLC as Chief HR Officer and 
at Dyson Limited as Group HR 
Director. Earlier in her career 
she worked as a management 
consultant for Arthur Andersen.
A
N
R
Laura Hagan (50)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Andrew joined the Board on 
16 October 2014. Andrew 
is a graduate of Cambridge 
University, where he studied 
natural sciences, and qualified 
as an ACA in 2007. He worked 
for a boutique firm specialising 
in start-ups and fast-growing 
businesses and prior to joining 
the Group, was Head of Finance 
at the Design Council. Andrew 
joined the Group in September 
2012, in the run-up to the 
investment in the Group by 
Lloyds Development Capital and 
was appointed Finance Director 
in September 2013.
D
Andrew Branchflower (43)
Chief Financial Officer
Bill Ronald has been the Chair 
of the Group since the business 
listed in November 2014.  
Bill has a sales and marketing 
background, having spent 23 
years in a variety of roles at 
Mars, including Managing 
Director of the UK confectionery 
operation. Since leaving Mars, 
he has been Chief Executive 
Officer of Uniq and has held 
non-executive roles in Bezier, 
Halfords, Alfesca, Dialight, the 
Compleat Food Group, Seraphine 
Group and Fox International.  
As announced previously, Bill 
will retire from the Board at the 
end of the 2023 AGM.
D
N
Bill Ronald (67)
Chair
Committee member
Committee chair

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
80
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
I am pleased to present 
this year’s Corporate 
Governance Report. 
Our Board recognises the important 
role a robust governance framework 
plays in the successful delivery of 
our long-term strategy. Although 
drafted with larger, main market 
listed companies in mind, the 
Group has adopted the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”). The Group has complied 
with all of the provisions set out in 
the Code during the year, subject to 
the limited exceptions detailed and 
explained on page 82 (Chairman 
Independence – Provision 9) and page 
94 (Directors’ Remuneration Policy – 
Shareholding Guidelines – Provision 
36). A key focus of the Code is the 
requirement for detailed expositions 
on stakeholder engagement and how 
the Directors have had consideration 
to and applied their duties under 
s.172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our statements on these topics are 
detailed on pages 67 to 70.
As already mentioned, I am retiring 
from the Board at the end of the 
2023 AGM, being replaced by my 
colleague Domenic De Lorenzo. The 
Board’s composition has remained 
unchanged during the year. 
Leadership
Role of the Board
The Board is responsible to the 
shareholders and sets the Group’s 
strategy for achieving long-term 
success in accordance with our 
purpose and values. The Board is also 
ultimately responsible for establishing 
the Group’s governance structure, 
the effectiveness of internal controls, 
risk management, and the direction 
of the Group in accordance with our 
purpose and values to help deliver 
our strategy. We look to provide the 
framework for our Group companies 
to follow these principles and provide 
guidance at Group level on measures 
to implement them.
AN INTRODUCTION FROM OUR CHAIR
“The Board is responsible to the shareholders and sets  
the Group’s strategy for achieving long-term success  
in accordance with our purpose and values.”
BILL RONALD
Chair

81
Governance
The day-to-day responsibilities for 
the running of each of our Group 
companies is delegated to the executive 
and senior management. However, 
there are a number of matters where, 
because of their importance to the 
Group, it is considered appropriate 
to have enhanced oversight from 
the Board. The Board therefore has 
a documented formal schedule of 
matters reserved for its approval, 
which is reviewed annually. 
This includes matters relating to:
•	 The Group’s strategic aims  
and objectives
•	 The structure and capital of 
the Group
•	 Financial reporting, financial 
controls and dividend policy
•	 Internal controls, risk and the 
Group’s risk appetite
•	 The approval of unusual and/or 
significant capital expenditures 
or disposals
•	 Effective communication with 
shareholders
•	 Any changes to Board membership 
or structure
The Board understands the 
importance of the Group’s governance 
framework to ensure it effectively 
challenges strategy, performance, 
responsibility and accountability to 
ensure that every decision we make 
is of the highest quality. All of its 
decisions are discussed within the 
context of the risks involved. Effective 
risk management is central to 
achieving our strategic objectives and 
further details of the Group’s internal 
processes are set out on pages 71 to 75.
Division of Responsibilities
Chair and CEO
The Chair is responsible for leadership 
of the Board and ensuring its 
effectiveness in all aspects of its 
role. The Chief Executive Officer is 
responsible for delivering the strategy 
and commercial objectives agreed by 
the Board. There is a clear division 
of responsibility between the Chair 
and the CEO to ensure that there 
is a balance of power and authority 
between leadership of the Board and 
executive leadership. 
Non-Executive Directors 
and SID
The Chair promotes a culture of 
openness and debate by facilitating 
the effective contribution of 
Non-Executive Directors, as well 
as maintaining good working 
relationships between all Directors, 
with Non-Executive Directors 
communicating directly with 
Executive Directors and senior 
management between formal 
Board meetings.
Coline McConville is the Senior 
Independent Director (SID). She 
provides a sounding board for the 
Chair and serves as an intermediary 
for the other Directors when 
necessary. As the SID, Coline is 
available to shareholders, as may be 
appropriate in certain circumstances. 
Coline meets the other Non-Executive 
Directors at least annually to appraise 
the Chair’s performance, providing 
feedback as appropriate.
Role of Committees
The Board has delegated specific 
responsibilities to the Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination and 
Disclosure Committees, details 
of which are set out below. Each 
Committee has written terms 
of reference setting out its 
duties, authority and reporting 
responsibilities. Copies of the terms 
of reference for each Committee are 
available on the Company’s website 
or on request from the Company 
Secretary. The terms of reference 
of each Committee are reviewed 
regularly by the Board to ensure they 
remain appropriate and reflect any 
changes in legislation, regulation or 
best practice. The Company Secretary, 
Alex O’Connell, is the secretary of 
each Committee.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is chaired by 
Domenic De Lorenzo and its other 
members during the year were Coline 
McConville, Kevin Havelock, Laura 
Hagan and Jeff Popkin. All members 
are independent. 
The Audit Committee has primary 
responsibility for assisting the Board 
in the fulfilment of its obligations 
regarding the monitoring of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control 
system; reviewing the integrity of 
the Group’s interim and full year 
financial statements and reporting; 
and assessing the scope, resources, 
performance, effectiveness and 
independence of the external Auditors. 
It receives and reviews reports from 
the Group’s management and Auditor 
relating to the annual accounts and 
the accounting internal control 
systems in use throughout the Group. 
The Audit Committee met three times 
last year and has unrestricted access to 
the Group’s Auditor. The Chair, Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer attend the Committee 
meetings by invitation. In addition 
to its formal meeting schedule, the 
Audit Committee also holds separate 
dedicated Risk sessions, including 
deep dive presentations on certain 
key risks from relevant departments 
in the business, to assess key risks 
and challenge mitigating actions. 
The Group intends to announce 
Domenic De Lorenzo’s successor 
as Chair of the Audit Committee, 
following his promotion to Chair  
of the Board, in due course.
The Audit Committee Report on 
pages 86 to 89 contains more detailed 
information on the Committee’s role.
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is 
chaired by Coline McConville. Its 
other members during the year 
were Kevin Havelock, Laura Hagan 
and Domenic De Lorenzo. Coline, 
Kevin, Laura and Domenic are 
independent. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the performance 
of the Executive Directors and makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
matters relating to their remuneration 
and terms of employment. The 
Remuneration Committee also makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
proposals for the granting of share 
options and other equity incentives 
pursuant to any share option scheme 
or equity incentive scheme in operation 
from time to time. 

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
82
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED
The remuneration and terms and 
conditions of appointment of the Non-
Executive Directors of the Group is 
set by the Board. The Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer are 
invited to attend for some parts of the 
Committee meetings where their input 
is required although they do not take 
part in any discussion on their own 
benefits and remuneration.
The Remuneration Committee 
Report on pages 90 to 104 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s role and the Directors’ 
remuneration and fees.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is 
chaired by Bill Ronald. Its other 
members are Coline McConville, 
Kevin Havelock, Jeff Popkin, Laura 
Hagan and Domenic De Lorenzo. 
The Nomination Committee is 
responsible for reviewing the 
structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of the Board 
and making recommendations to the 
Board with regard to any changes. The 
Nomination Committee, chaired by 
Coline McConville, led the process to 
find Bill Ronald’s successor as Chair of 
the Board during the course of 2022.
The Nomination Committee 
Report on pages 84 to 85 contains 
more detailed information on the 
Committee’s activity during the year.
Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee is 
chaired by Bill Ronald and its other 
members are Tim Warrillow, Andrew 
Branchflower and Domenic De 
Lorenzo. The Disclosure Committee 
supports the Board in overseeing 
the Group’s compliance with its 
disclosure obligations taking advice 
from internal and external advisers 
as appropriate.
The Disclosure Committee 
is responsible for reviewing 
and approving the release of 
announcements by Fever-Tree 
on an ad hoc basis, where such 
announcements have not been 
approved by the Board. Further, the 
Committee has been established to 
keep disclosure procedures at the 
Group under periodic review.
Board and Committee 
meetings
The Board meets regularly to help 
ensure it discharges its duties 
effectively. Non-Executive Directors 
communicate directly with Executive 
Directors and senior management 
between formal Board meetings. 
The Board has a schedule of regular 
business, financial and operational 
matters, and each Board Committee 
has compiled a schedule of work, 
to ensure that all areas for which 
the Board has responsibility are 
addressed and reviewed during the 
course of the year.
The Board held six scheduled Board 
meetings during the year and also 
met on short notice on two further 
occasion to consider matters of a 
time-sensitive nature. Directors are 
expected to attend all relevant Board 
and Committee meetings. In addition, 
the Board held focused, dedicated 
strategy days in September 2022 for 
in depth reviews of Group strategy 
and budgets. 
Board Effectiveness
The Board continuously evaluates 
the balance of skills, experience, 
knowledge and independence of 
the Directors. It ensures that all 
new Directors receive a tailored 
induction programme, and the Board 
scrutinises its performance through 
an annual effectiveness review, on 
which more detail is provided below. 
Profiles of the skills and experience 
of the Directors are included in their 
biographical details on pages 78 to 79. 
Chair’s Independence
In light of his existing appointment 
as Chair of the Group in June 
2013 prior to admission to AIM, 
Bill Ronald is not considered to be 
independent which is an area in 
which the Group is non-compliant 
with the Code. However, Coline 
McConville, Kevin Havelock, Jeff 
Popkin, Laura Hagan and Domenic 
De Lorenzo are considered to be 
independent by the Board and 
therefore the Board satisfies the 
requirement of the Code of having 
a balanced Board and exceeds the 
requirement that at least half of the 
Directors excluding the Chair are 
independent.
Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee leads the 
process for the appointment of new 
Directors to the Board. Pages 84 to 85 
set out more detailed information on 
the Nomination Committee, its role 
and principal activities during the 
financial year. 
Commitment
All Directors have been advised of 
the time required to fulfil the role 
prior to appointment and were 
asked to confirm that they can 
make the required commitment 
before they were appointed. This 
requirement is also included in their 
letters of appointment. The Board 
is satisfied that the Chair and each 
of the Non-Executive Directors are 
able to devote sufficient time to the 
Group’s business.
Name
Full Board
Scheduled1
Short Notice
Audit
Remuneration
Nomination2
Disclosure
Bill Ronald
7/7
2/2
2/2
2/2
Tim Warrillow
7/7
2/2
2/2
Andrew Branchflower
7/7
2/2
2/2
Domenic De Lorenzo
7/7
2/2
3/3
4/4
2/2
2/2
Coline McConville
7/7
2/2
3/3
4/4
2/2
Kevin Havelock
7/7
2/2
3/3
4/4
2/2
Jeff Popkin
7/7
2/2
3/3
	
1/23
Laura Hagan
7/7
2/2
3/3
4/4
2/2
1	 Includes annual two-day strategy session
2	 Several additional Nomination Committee calls were held, led by Coline McConville and attended by 
Kevin Havelock, Jeff Popkin and Laura Hagan, to manage the process of appointing Bill Ronald’s successor 
as Chair of the Board. As a candidate, Domenic De Lorenzo did not take part in any of those calls
3	 Jeff Popkin was unavoidably unable to attend one session due to a late change of schedule

83
Governance
In the appropriate circumstances, 
the Board may authorise Executive 
Directors to take Non-Executive 
positions in other companies and 
organisations, provided the time 
commitment does not conflict  
with the Director’s duties to the 
Company, since such appointments 
should broaden their experience.  
The acceptance of appointment 
to such positions is subject to the 
approval of the Chair. Currently,  
the Executive Directors do not  
have any external appointments.
Development
When new Directors join the Board 
a formal, rigorous and transparent 
induction programme takes place, 
which is tailored to their existing 
knowledge and experience.
New members are also introduced to 
senior employees and, as appropriate, 
external advisers. The Company 
Secretary ensures that all Directors 
are kept abreast of changes in 
relevant legislation and regulations, 
with the assistance of the Group’s 
other professional advisers where 
appropriate.
Executive Directors are subject to  
the Group’s performance development 
review process, through which their 
performance against predetermined 
objectives is reviewed by the Chair 
and their personal and professional 
development needs considered. Non-
Executive Directors are encouraged 
to raise any personal development 
or training needs with the Chair or 
through the Board evaluation process.
Information and Support
The Chair, aided by the Company 
Secretary, is responsible for ensuring 
that the Directors receive accurate 
and timely information. The Company 
Secretary compiles the Board 
and Committee papers which are 
circulated to Directors one week prior 
to meetings. The Company Secretary 
also ensures that any feedback or 
suggestions for improvement on Board 
papers are fed back to management.
Directors have access to independent 
professional advice at the Group’s 
expense. 
In addition, they have access to the 
advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who is responsible for 
advice on corporate governance 
matters to the Board. The Company 
Secretary provides minutes of each 
meeting, and every Director is aware 
of the right to have any concerns 
minuted.
Evaluation
Each year the Board carries out 
an evaluation process. An external 
evaluation of the Board took place  
in 2022, conducted by Lisa Thomas 
of Independent Board Evaluation 
(IBE), following up on her evaluation 
from 2019. 
A comprehensive briefing was 
given to Lisa by the Chair in early 
2022. Lisa observed the Board and 
Remuneration Committee meetings 
held on 19 May 2022. Detailed 
interviews were conducted with every 
Board member during May and June 
2022, as well as with a number of 
Fever-Tree’s senior management, 
the Company Secretary, the Lead 
Auditor from BDO and remuneration 
consultants from Deloitte. Thereafter, 
IBE’s draft conclusions were discussed 
with the Chair and feedback on the 
Chair was discussed with Coline 
McConville, Senior Independent 
Director. Full reports on the Board 
and recommendations were then 
shared with the Directors. Lisa also 
presented to the Board on IBE’s 
findings at the Board meeting on 
21 July 2022.
Overall, the feedback collected from 
the evaluation was positive. The 
evaluation reflected a clear journey 
of growth since the previous external 
evaluation, and of a confident Board 
with high levels of positivity and 
collegiality. Key areas based on best 
practice as described in the Code and 
identified for focus and development 
during 2023 and beyond are set 
out below.
The Company Secretary has created 
a plan to continue to assess Lisa’s 
recommendations over the course  
of 2023 and beyond.
In addition, the Senior Independent 
Director met informally with the 
other Non-Executive Directors to 
evaluate the Chair’s performance. 
Feedback, which was positive, was 
shared by the Senior Independent 
Director with the Chair.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of  
the Company will take place on  
25 May 2023. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting and the ordinary 
and special resolutions to be put to 
the meeting can be found on pages 
155 to 159. In accordance with the 
Code, all Directors will be submitted 
for re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting except for Bill Ronald, who 
is retiring from the Board.
Focus Area
Key actions to be taken
People 
•	 Refresh Nomination Committee meeting schedule and agenda in line 
with best practice to focus on key topics (succession planning, DE&I)
•	 Increase focus on available data regarding internal culture
ESG
•	 Evolve reporting lines in relation to ESG to reflect the new executive 
ESG sub-committee and updated KPIs
Risk 
•	 Increase number of Audit Committee meetings to four per year
•	 Include entire Board in annual Audit Committee risk sessions 
covering key individual risks
Challenge 
within the 
Boardroom
•	 Extend time available for Board, Committee and NED-only meetings
•	 Consider more thematic approach to elements of Board agenda
•	 Continue to provide opportunities for senior management to be 
integrated into Board meetings as appropriate

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
84
On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present 
the Nomination 
Committee report of the 
Group for the year ended 
31 December 2022.
The Nomination Committee is 
responsible for reviewing the 
structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of the Board 
and making recommendations to the 
Board with regard to any changes.
Members of the 
Nomination Committee
During the year, the Committee 
consisted of myself, Coline 
McConville, Domenic De Lorenzo, 
Laura Hagan, Kevin Havelock 
and Jeff Popkin. All but me are 
independent. Although only members 
of the Committee have the right to 
attend meetings, other individuals, 
such as other Board members and 
external advisers, may be invited to 
attend for all or part of any meeting. 
The Nomination Committee met 
formally twice during 2022 with  
all members present apart from one 
unavoidable apology, and also on  
an ad hoc basis when required. 
Several further sessions were held  
by a smaller group with regards to  
the appointment of my successor,  
as explained below.
Duties
The Committee’s principal duties 
are to:
•	 Monitor the structure, size and 
composition (including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity) of the Board and make 
recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes;Give full 
consideration to succession planning 
for Directors and other senior 
executives in the course of its work, 
taking into account the challenges 
and opportunities facing the Group, 
and the skills and expertise needed 
on the Board in the future;
•	 Keep under review the leadership 
needs of the organisation, both 
executive and non-executive, with 
a view to ensuring the continued 
ability of the organisation 
to compete effectively in the 
marketplace; and
•	 Keep up to date and fully informed 
about strategic issues and 
commercial changes affecting the 
Group and the market in which 
it operates.
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
“2022 saw the evolution of our global DE&I Committee, 
which has strong plans for 2023 and beyond.”
BILL RONALD
Nomination Committee Chair

85
Governance
The Committee’s full Terms of 
Reference are available on our 
website. They are regularly reviewed  
to ensure they follow best practice.
Appointments and 
Succession Planning 
A key matter which the Committee 
handled during 2022 was finding 
my successor to act as Chair of the 
Board. I delegated responsibility 
for running this process to Coline 
McConville, our Senior Independent 
Director. Coline led a smaller group 
also featuring Laura Hagan, Kevin 
Havelock and Jeff Popkin, working 
with our independent adviser, 
Spencer Stuart. As we announced 
previously, following a comprehensive 
recruitment process, I am delighted 
to welcome Domenic De Lorenzo 
as my successor, with effect from 
the end of the 2023 AGM. Fever-
Tree will make an announcement 
regarding Domenic’s successor as 
Audit Committee Chair, a role which 
Domenic will relinquish at the time 
of becoming Chair, in due course.
As explained above, the Committee 
is also responsible for considering 
succession planning of Directors 
and senior executives, recognising 
that robust succession plans are 
fundamental to the long-term 
prospects of the business, as well as 
important for maintaining Fever-Tree’s 
fantastic culture. This topic was a 
standing agenda item during 2022, 
with valuable sessions led by our 
Chief People Officer. We are confident 
of our existing plans, as well as our 
work to grow our next generation of 
diverse leaders internally.
Board evaluation
During the year we carried out an 
external evaluation of the Board, its 
committees and individual Directors. 
Further details are set out on page 83.
Diversity
As a Board we continue to believe 
that we have an excellent mixture 
of talent, experience, industry 
expertise, regional knowledge, 
character, judgement and diversity 
of background which has produced a 
strong chemistry and an environment 
that is both appropriately challenging 
and supportive. 
One clear area of focus is to improve 
and evolve our Board diversity. With 
no changes to our Board during 
2022, as at the date of this report 
the Board currently comprises 
25% female representation – and 
gender diversity remains an area 
on which we are keen to improve. 
More widely, we recognise the value 
of increased diversity in multiple 
areas at Board level in achieving our 
strategic objectives and in driving 
innovation and growth. Whilst Board 
appointments will continue to be 
based on merit and relevant skill, the 
Directors appreciate that different 
backgrounds, experiences and 
opinions can promote more balanced 
and nuanced debate and lead to 
improved decisions. Rest assured  
the Board will have these front  
of mind when looking at all future 
appointments.
At employee level, as part of our 
ongoing commitment to diversity 
and inclusion, we are continuously 
identifying areas for further 
improvement. 2022 saw the evolution 
of our global DE&I Committee, 
which met multiple times and has 
strong plans for 2023 and beyond. 
These include appointing internal 
champions for specific community 
groups (Fever-Tree Pride, Fever-
Tree Women etc.), celebrating and 
raising awareness of key DE&I dates 
such as International Women’s/
Men’s Day, Mental Health Awareness 
Week, providing unconscious bias 
training to all hiring managers to 
promote diversity in hiring, along 
with plans to introduce a voluntary 
equal opportunities monitoring form 
to capture insights and suggestions 
and further build awareness 
and understanding of under 
represented groups. 
As at 1 January 2023, the 
gender balance of those in senior 
management positions and their 
direct reports was 60% male and 
40% female. If we expand that to all 
managers in the business, the split 
is 49% male and 51% female. Our 
business has identified a pipeline of 
diverse and high-calibre candidates 
internally who through focused 
coaching and development we are 
working to help grow into senior 
management positions in the future. 
Fever-Tree adopts an Equal 
Opportunities Policy, which aims to 
develop and sustain a diverse and 
inclusive workforce, including with 
regards to gender, age, expertise, 
nationality, sexual orientation, 
experience and otherwise.
Nomination Committee 
in 2023
The Committee is scheduled to meet 
at least twice in 2023, determined 
to build on its work in 2022 and to 
continue our journey of improvement. 
As this is my final report as Chair, 
I wish my colleagues well on their 
continued efforts.
BILL RONALD
Nomination Committee Chair

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
86
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
The role of the Audit Committee is 
to monitor and review the integrity 
and adequacy of the Group’s financial 
statements and reporting, the 
effectiveness of its internal financial 
control, audit and risk management 
processes, business viability, 
whistleblowing, integrity and policy 
breach allegation investigations, and 
the appointment and performance 
of the External Auditor. During the 
year, the Committee discharged its 
role with regard to all of the above. 
In addition, the Committee has 
continued to place emphasis on the 
Group’s principal and emerging risks 
and its approach to risk appetite 
and mitigations. In light of the 
elevated global business volatility, the 
Committee has, in this financial year, 
continued to focus on risks relating to 
supply chain disruption and business 
continuity, cyber security and IT 
system development, environmental 
risk including climate change, 
talent retention and development, 
and the Group’s financial control 
environment.
The Committee met three times 
during the year. The members of the 
Audit Committee comprise Domenic 
De Lorenzo, Coline McConville, Kevin 
Havelock, Jeff Popkin and Laura 
Hagan, each of whom is independent. 
The Chair of the Board, the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer, the Company Secretary, the 
Group Finance Director, the Head 
of Internal Audit and the External 
Auditor, BDO, regularly attend 
meetings of the Committee. The 
Audit Committee Chair met with 
BDO, the Chief Financial Officer and 
the Head of Internal Audit regularly 
during the year. There is ongoing 
engagement with BDO to ensure that 
their views, opinions, and comments 
are reflected within the Committee’s 
deliberations and dealings.
The Board has satisfied itself that the 
membership of the Audit Committee 
includes at least one Director 
with recent and relevant financial 
experience and that the committee as 
a whole has competence in accounting 
and/or auditing and in the sector  
in which the company operates.  
See pages 78 and 79 for details  
of relevant experience of Directors. 
On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present 
the Audit Committee 
report for the year ending 
31 December 2022.
“The Committee has continued to place emphasis 
on the Group’s principal and emerging risks and 
its approach to risk appetite and mitigations.”
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Audit Committee Chair

87
Governance
The performance of the Audit 
Committee was evaluated this 
year as part of the broader Board 
evaluation. Overall, the feedback 
collected from the evaluation was 
positive, with further details of the 
evaluation and its recommendations 
and actions can be found on page 83. 
The Audit Committee is committed 
to continuing to focus on fulfilling 
our duties effectively and to a high 
standard, providing the necessary 
independent oversight with the 
support of management and the 
External Auditor. 
The Audit Committee, together 
with management, continues to 
monitor and evaluate potential 
future regulatory changes. These 
include proposed reforms to the 
UK audit and corporate governance 
regime, requirements concerning 
the assurance of non-financial 
Key activities of the Audit Committee in this financial year
The key activities of the Audit Committee are summarised in the table below:
Audit Committee role
Principal outputs review
Actions
Financial  
and corporate 
reporting
•	 All external financial reporting, 
including:
	
– Trading updates
	
– Interim and preliminary results 
	
– Annual Report and 
consolidated financial 
statements
•	 Compliance with accounting standards/policies and relevant regulation
•	 Review of material areas of accounting judgement and estimation
•	 Review on the “quality of reported earnings”
•	 Evaluation of the carrying value of material assets and liabilities
•	 “Fair, balanced and understandable” review of the interim results 
statement and the annual report and related disclosures
Internal control 
and audit
•	 Internal Audit plan and reports
•	 Control testing updates
•	 Policy breaches reports including 
whistleblowing
•	 Approval of annual Internal Audit plan and reports
•	 Assessment of Internal Audit effectiveness and independence
•	 Review of effectiveness of overall internal control environment
•	 Review of financial system IT controls
•	 Assurance of major change programmes
•	 Cyber security control review
Risk 
management 
process
•	 Risk register 
•	 Risk update reviews, including 
appetite and mitigations
•	 Approval of risk strategy, matrix and register
•	 Review of effectiveness of risk management process 
•	 Deep dive focus on supply chain disruption, IT and talent retention 
risk mitigation
•	 Focus on framework for managing environmental risks 
External Audit
•	 External Audit plan and report
•	 Auditor’s independence policy 
•	 Management representation 
letters
•	 Terms of engagement and fees
•	 Approval of External Auditor’s plan and report
•	 Review of key Audit findings, insights and recommendations 
•	 Audit performance and effectiveness review including fee proposal
•	 Approval of independence statement and any non-audit work
•	 Review of recommendations on Annual Report disclosures
•	 Review of recommendations on internal control environment
information, increased disclosure 
requirements in respect of internal 
controls and provision of consistent 
and reliable information on ESG, 
including specifically climate-related 
information. In anticipation of these 
reforms, and under the supervision 
of the Committee, management will 
in the coming years recommend and 
implement a number of changes in its 
approach to external reporting. These 
will be reported on in due course and 
when appropriate. 
Objectives and duties  
of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the 
Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities. Its primary 
objectives include providing effective 
governance of the Group’s financial 
controls, corporate and financial 
reporting; ensuring the adequacy  
of related public disclosures 
(including ensuring that its financial 
statements and announcements 
relating to its financial performance  
are fair, balanced and understandable); 
reviewing the Group’s systems of risk 
management and internal controls; 
and reviewing the performance and 
independence of the External Auditor. 
The main responsibilities of the Audit 
Committee are set out in its Terms 
of Reference, which are available on 
the Group’s website and are available 
on request from the Company 
Secretary. The Committee’s Terms of 
Reference are reviewed regularly. The 
Committee reports to the Board on its 
activities, identifying any key issues 
including recommendations as to the 
steps to be taken and on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities. 

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
88
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Financial and  
corporate reporting 
During the financial year, the 
Committee reviewed the interim 
results announcement, including 
the interim financial statements, the 
Annual Report and the associated 
preliminary results announcement, 
focusing on key areas of judgement 
and complexity, critical accounting 
policies, the nature and size of any 
one off or abnormal items impacting 
the quality of earnings or cashflows, 
the adequacy and accuracy of 
financial disclosures, the viability 
and going concern assessments of the 
Group, adequacy and movements in 
key provisions including taxation and 
any changes required in these areas 
or policies. The Audit Committee 
worked with management, and 
considered the work of the External 
Auditor on the above matters to 
ensure suitable positions were 
reached. The Committee did not 
uncover any material issues or 
concerns about the above matters. 
The Audit Committee has also 
considered whether the Annual Report 
is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ 
and provides the necessary information 
for stakeholders to assess the strategy, 
business model, risks, performance 
and position of the Group. In this 
regard, the Committee has considered 
guidance from the FRC on the subject 
and taken recommendations from the 
External Auditor. The Committee has 
recommended to the Board that the 
Annual Report is “fair, balanced and 
understandable”. 
Effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal control systems 
The Group continues to review its 
system of financial and operating 
internal controls to ensure compliance 
with best practice and Corporate 
Governance Code guidance, whilst 
also having regard to its size and 
the resources available. The Audit 
Committee receives regular reports from 
the Chief Financial Officer, the Finance 
Director, and the Head of Internal Audit 
on internal audits, control assurance 
work, policy breaches (if any), actions 
taken to improve controls design and 
effectiveness, and the development  
of automated financial controls. 
As noted in last year’s report, the 
Group appointed a Head of Internal 
Audit in September 2021, who 
worked alongside KPMG within a 
co-source model. In this, its inaugural 
year, the Internal Audit plan focused 
on integrating and embedding 
internal audit into the organisation. 
The primary activities of delivery 
included: 
•	 Evaluation of the overall control 
environment; 
•	 Assessment of the governance 
of key strategic and operational 
transformation projects; and
•	 Reviewing inventory management 
controls in the UK.
The Audit Committee assesses the 
effectiveness of Internal Audit by 
reviewing its annual audit plan at the 
start of the financial year, monitoring 
its ongoing performance throughout 
the year, and assessing completion 
rates and feedback provided following 
completion of the annual audit plan. 
Having carried out this assessment, 
the Audit Committee is of the view 
that the quality, experience and 
expertise of the function is appropriate 
for the business. The Audit Committee 
agreed with the recommendation to 
continue with a co-source model for 
the next financial year.
The Committee notes that BDO 
obtained an understanding of the 
Group’s internal controls for the 
purposes of forming their audit 
opinion as set out on pages 110 to  
117. No significant deficiencies in  
our internal controls were reported  
by the External Auditor, nor 
reported to the Audit Committee. 
The Committee reports no material 
breaches to policy including Treasury 
and Tax during this financial year.
The Group has in place a 
whistleblowing policy which sets 
out the formal process by which 
an employee of the Group may, 
in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in 
financial reporting or other matters. 
Whistleblowing is a standing item 
on the Committee’s agenda, and 
updates are provided at each meeting. 
During the year, there were no major 
incidents for consideration. 
On this basis, the Audit Committee 
is satisfied that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of Fever-Tree’s 
risk management framework. The 
objective of these systems is to manage, 
rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives. 
Accordingly, they can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or 
loss. The Audit Committee has 
recommended the effectiveness of the 
risk management process to the Board.
Effectiveness of the Group’s 
risk management process 
The Audit Committee, under delegated 
authority from the Board, oversees the 
Group’s risk management framework 
and assumes responsibility for 
facilitating the effective identification 
and evaluation of risks for the Group 
and reviewing the controls in place to 
mitigate any potential adverse impacts.
Each functional area of the Group is 
tasked with monitoring emerging or 
changing risks in their field with risk 
and mitigation owners appointed. 
This includes the formation of sub-
committees for particular risks, that 
meet regularly to monitor trends and 
challenge the impact of mitigation 
efforts relating to that risk. The 
output of these processes is subject 
to periodic review with the Executive 
Directors and reported back to the 
Audit Committee and Board.
In addition, the Board and/or Audit 
Committee receives presentations 
from different departments within 
the Group on an ongoing basis to 
keep the Board informed on strategic 
and operational performance and 
the controls in place to mitigate 
risks faced by the Group. Each risk 
is independently quantified against 
set criterion, considering both the 
likelihood of occurrence and the 
potential impact on the Group both 
before and after the application of 
controls and mitigations. These 
assessments are recorded in the 
Group’s Key Risk Register, approved 
and maintained by the Audit 
Committee, formed of our most 
significant risks from across the entire 
business. This register is then finally 
reviewed, challenged and then ratified 
by the Board on a periodic basis.

89
Governance
During the year the Audit Committee 
twice reviewed the processes for 
identifying, evaluating and managing 
the principal and emerging business 
risks that the Group faces, including 
those that would threaten the Group’s 
business model, competitive position, 
reputation and future performance, 
including a detailed evaluation of key 
sustainability initiatives and related 
risks such as the potential impact 
of climate change on ingredient 
sourcing, and the impact of our 
operations and packaging formats on 
the environment. We have continued 
to develop our risk management 
processes, specifically considering the 
current highly volatile global political 
and economic environment, to ensure 
that they remain relevant resulting in 
a particular focus this year on supply 
chain disruption and security of raw 
material and packaging supply.
Our review included the discussion 
of a wide range of matters with 
management and BDO. This included 
an assessment of the Group’s 
principal and emerging risks and 
changes in the level of these risks 
during the year. The review included 
consideration of the potential impact 
and probability of such events or 
circumstances happening, alongside  
a review of the procedures in place  
to identify emerging risks.
The Audit Committee had met 
with senior finance and operational 
management during the year to go 
through key risk management and 
internal control procedures in place. 
Areas of specific focus included the 
review of: 
•	 Key systems and internal controls, 
including an overview of a 
programme of work beginning 
in 2022 focusing on strategic 
and operational transformation, 
including augmentation of IT 
systems where appropriate;
•	 Approach to managing and 
monitoring product liability  
risk and risks in relation to the 
sourcing of key ingredients;
•	 Talent identification and 
development within the organisation 
and succession planning for the 
senior management team;
•	 Cyber risks and the defences 
employed across systems, controls 
and training to reduce/manage 
these; and
•	 Supply chain disruption and related 
business continuity risks.
These meetings are a standard part of 
the Audit Committee process, and no 
major issues were raised.
On this basis, the Audit Committee 
is satisfied that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of Fever-Tree’s 
risk management process. The 
objective of these systems is to 
manage, rather than eliminate the 
risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. Accordingly, they can 
only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The Audit 
Committee has communicated the 
effectiveness of the risk management 
process to the Board.
External audit independence 
and effectiveness 
During the year, the Audit Committee 
reviewed the external audit plan 
and the findings of the External 
Auditor from its audit of the 
consolidated financial statements. 
The Audit Committee assesses the 
ongoing effectiveness and quality 
of the External Auditor and audit 
process through several methods, 
commencing with a review of the 
detailed audit plan presented to 
the Audit Committee at the start of 
the audit cycle. The key audit risks 
identified by BDO were reviewed 
by the Committee and the work 
performed by the auditor was used  
to test management’s assumptions 
and estimates relating to such risks. 
The effectiveness of the audit  
process in addressing these matters 
was assessed through reports 
presented by the External Auditor 
to the Audit Committee which 
were discussed by the Committee. 
No major areas of concern were 
highlighted by the auditor during  
the current financial year. 
Following completion of the audit 
process, feedback on its effectiveness 
was provided through review 
meetings with the Group’s finance 
team and management in advance 
of management and the External 
Auditor providing assessments of 
auditor effectiveness and quality to the 
Audit Committee for consideration. 
This year, the overall performance  
of the External Auditor was assessed 
as satisfactory. 
In relation to the provision of 
non-audit services, the External 
Auditor is precluded from engaging 
in services that would compromise 
its independence or violate any 
professional requirements or 
regulations affecting its appointment 
as auditor. Any non-audit services 
proposed to be provided by the 
External Auditor require justification 
as to why such appointment is in the 
best interests of the Group and how 
independence would be safeguarded, 
and above a certain de minimis 
fee level, require approval by the 
Committee. The level of fees for non-
audit services for 2022 was de minimis 
at £4,000. The breakdown of the 
External Auditor’s fees between audit 
and non-audit services as approved 
by the Committee is provided in 
Note 5 of the Group’s Consolidated 
Financial Statements. On the basis 
of the very low figure charged for 
non-audit services, the Committee is 
satisfied with the External Auditor’s 
independence, and will keep this 
under review moving forwards.
As part of their normal cycle of reviews, 
the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) completed a review of BDO’s 
audit of the 31 December 2020 annual 
report. We met with the FRC as part 
of this review. Overall the findings of 
the review were positive, with limited 
improvements required. There were 
no key findings, good practice was 
identified in the area of the going 
concern and viability statements, 
and the verification of the “other 
information” in the annual report 
with improvements recommended on 
limited specific areas of BDO’s revenue 
recognition and stock count audit 
approach and methodology.
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Audit Committee Chair

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
90
Fever-Tree is listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM) and 
therefore provides these remuneration 
disclosures on a voluntary basis. As 
such, the charts and tables included 
here are unaudited, but, in general, 
our disclosures have been prepared in 
accordance with best practice for an 
AIM company of our size.
As discussed in more detail 
elsewhere, 2022 saw the Fever-Tree 
brand continue to gain traction 
and prominence across the globe, 
resulting in double digit revenue 
growth and profit in line with 
expectations. However, it was a year 
that saw inflationary cost pressures 
hit our employees personally, as well 
as our business. We were proud to 
continue to prioritise the well-being 
of the Fever-Tree team during the 
year – we recognise they are integral 
to our continuing success. The 
support that we provided included 
competitive pay increases at the 
beginning of 2022, supplemented by 
an additional one-off cash payment  
to all staff of £1,500 (or equivalent  
in local currency) in September 2022. 
In 2023 we have implemented  
further mid-single digit pay increases 
for colleagues, and continue to  
closely monitor inflation and 
employee experience.
Annual And Long-Term 
Incentive Payouts based 
on Performance
For the year under review, annual 
bonuses were based 60% on turnover, 
20% on adjusted EBITDA (hereafter 
referred to as EBITDA throughout 
this Remuneration Committee 
Report) and 20% on a scorecard 
of strategic measures, including 
environmental and sustainability 
measures, such as those related to 
the Group’s carbon footprint and 
commitment towards conservation 
causes. The performance targets were 
set to be stretching in the context of 
the external environment, ensuring 
that the maximum pay out would 
only be achieved if exceptional 
performance was delivered. 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present 
the 2022 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, 
which sets out the 
remuneration paid to the 
Directors in 2022 and the 
implementation of our 
remuneration policy 
for 2023. 
“Fever-Tree continues to be a fast-growing 
business with a highly entrepreneurial and 
performance-oriented culture. ”
COLINE MCCONVILLE
Remuneration Committee Chair

91
Governance
Revenue for 2022 was £344.3m. 
Despite this representing 11% growth 
on 2021, performance was below 
the threshold target set for the 
annual bonus. Similarly, although 
profit performance was in line with 
expectations, EBITDA performance 
of £39.7m was below threshold. 
Overall, therefore, there is no annual 
bonus pay-out in respect of the 
financial performance measures for 
2022. This demonstrates the stretch 
of the targets set at the start of the 
year. The Committee considered 
performance against the strategic and 
ESG objectives and noted the strong 
progress in the year, in particular 
in relation to strategic initiatives 
which will provide a continued focus 
on revenue growth going forward 
and help to address profitability 
challenges. The Committee is also 
proud of Fever-Tree’s ongoing journey 
against its sustainability strategy. 
Overall, it was determined that the 
ESG element would pay out at 85% 
of maximum, resulting in an overall 
bonus of 17% of maximum.
The 2020 LTIP awards are due 
to vest in May 2023 following 
the completion of the three-year 
performance period to the end of 
2022. These awards were based 75% 
on turnover and 25% on EBITDA, 
with targets set, taking into account 
internal and external reference points, 
to be stretching but achievable with 
regard to our strategic priorities 
and the economic environment at 
the time. 
Revenue performance was between 
threshold and maximum, resulting 
in a 62% payout for this element. 
EBITDA performance was below 
the threshold set, meaning that this 
portion of the award will lapse in 
full. The overall vesting outcome is 
therefore 47% of maximum.
The Committee did not exercise any 
discretion in relation to the above 
outcomes. 
Remuneration 
Arrangements for 2023
Since IPO, Executive remuneration 
at Fever-Tree has been structured 
slightly differently from typical 
UK market practice, with lower 
base salaries but higher long-term 
incentive opportunities, ensuring 
Executive Directors are rewarded  
for operational performance and 
aligned with value creation. This 
reward philosophy aims to support 
Fever-Tree’s growth journey. 
In 2021, the Committee approved a 
number of changes to the executive 
remuneration framework to further 
support the Group’s strategic 
ambitions. This included an evolution 
of the existing long-term incentive 
arrangement by introducing an 
additional three-year element focused 
on the delivery of critical strategic 
objectives and the introduction of 
a new strategic measure into the 
annual bonus framework focused on 
non-financial priorities, including 
environmental and sustainability 
measures. The Committee consulted 
extensively with shareholders on these 
arrangements and was pleased with 
the level of support received from 
shareholders at the 2021 AGM. 
For 2023, it is currently intended 
that the executive remuneration 
framework will operate in line 
with prior year and there will be 
no changes proposed to incentive 
opportunities or performance 
measures. However, in light of the 
evolution of the business and the 
volatile macroeconomic environment, 
the Committee does plan to review 
remuneration arrangements during 
2023 to ensure that they continue to 
be fit for purpose in supporting the 
Company’s growth journey. If any 
changes are proposed for the current 
year, the Committee will look to 
engage with shareholders in advance.
For 2023, the Executive Directors 
will be awarded a salary increase of 
6%. This is below the 7% increase 
awarded to the wider UK population. 
Closing Remarks
Fever-Tree is committed to good 
governance practices and has adopted 
the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code despite this being drafted with 
Main Market listed companies in 
mind. Last year, I outlined in some 
detail improvements we have made 
as part of the Company’s efforts to 
continuously improve governance, 
and I am proud to report that we 
have continued that journey in 2022. 
From a remuneration perspective, 
the Committee spent a significant 
amount of time last year actively 
discussing how it can best ensure 
that Director remuneration remains 
suitable for Fever-Tree as a business, 
focusing in particular on alignment 
to culture and proportionality. The 
Committee will continue these 
conversations as it looks to review 
the remuneration framework in 2023 
and, where appropriate, will also 
look to consult with and maintain 
an open dialogue with shareholders 
and advisory bodies on any material 
executive remuneration decisions. 
Fever-Tree continues to be a fast-
growing business with a highly 
entrepreneurial and performance-
oriented culture. The Committee aims 
to continue to foster and encourage 
this culture through its approach to 
remuneration. This is the sixth year 
that the Committee has voluntarily 
put the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to a shareholder advisory vote, 
reflecting shareholders’ expectations 
in this area and the Remuneration 
Committee’s continued desire to 
be open and transparent. I very 
much look forward to your support 
and I am happy to answer any 
questions you may have regarding 
our remuneration philosophy and 
arrangements. 
COLINE MCCONVILLE 
Remuneration Committee Chair

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
92
This section of the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and outlines how this policy will  
be implemented for 2023. 
The Remuneration Committee has addressed the principles of clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality, 
and alignment to culture when determining the Executive Director remuneration policy. Fever-Tree remains an 
innovative, rapidly growing, and dynamic business. Our remuneration arrangements are designed to be clear and 
simple while supporting our ambitious growth strategy and are therefore structured slightly differently from typical 
UK market practice, with lower base salaries but higher long-term incentive opportunities. This ensures Executive 
Directors are rewarded for operational performance and aligned with value creation. Overall, the Committee considers 
the remuneration package competitive and in line with other companies of a similar size and complexity while being 
appropriate in the context of our approach to remuneration throughout the organisation. Maximum incentive awards  
are capped, and incentive targets are set to be stretching while not encouraging excessive risk-taking. 
Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2023
Base salary 
To reflect size and 
scope of the role 
and individual’s 
performance and 
contribution.
Reviewed on an annual basis, 
with any increases normally 
taking effect from 1 January. 
Payable in cash.
The Committee reviews base 
salaries with reference to: 
•	 the size and scope of the 
individual’s roles;
•	 the individual’s performance 
and experience; 
•	 business performance and 
the external economic 
environment; 
•	 market practice at other 
companies of a similar size 
and complexity; and 
•	 salary increases across 
the Group.
There is no maximum 
salary increase. 
The Committee 
retains discretion to 
make appropriate 
adjustments to salary 
levels to ensure they 
remain appropriate 
in the context of the 
size and scope of the 
role and the size and 
complexity of the 
business.
Company and 
individual performance 
are considered when 
setting Executive 
Director base salaries.
Base salaries will be 
increased by 6% with 
effect from 1 January 
2023 to:
CEO – £442,603
CFO – £284,555
These increases are 
below the increase for 
the wider UK workforce 
which is 7%.
Pension
To provide a market-
competitive pension
Executive Directors may 
participate in the Group 
pension scheme. 
Salary is the only element 
of remuneration that is 
pensionable.
Pension allowance 
(introduced for 
Executive Directors 
from 1 January 2019) 
was initially 5% of 
salary and will increase 
by 1% of salary 
per annum up to a 
maximum of 10% of 
salary. This approach is 
in line with the policy 
for other employees in 
the Group.
Not performance 
related.
Maximum pension 
contribution or cash 
allowance for 2023 is 
9% of salary.
This approach for 
Executive Director 
pensions is in line 
with the policy for 
other employees in the 
Group, who may receive 
a pension of up to 10% 
of salary.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

93
Governance
Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2023
Benefits
To provide market-
competitive benefits.
Benefits may include car 
allowance and private health 
insurance. 
Other benefits may be 
introduced as appropriate 
and include relocation and 
other expatriate benefits.
Benefits vary by 
role and individual 
circumstances; 
eligibility and cost are 
reviewed periodically.
Not performance 
related.
No changes. The only 
benefit currently 
provided is private 
health insurance.
Annual bonus
To incentivise the 
delivery of annual 
financial performance 
and the achievement 
of strategic business 
priorities, thus 
delivering value to 
shareholders.
Performance is measured 
on an annual basis for each 
financial year. 
Performance measures are 
reviewed prior to the start 
of the year to ensure they 
remain appropriate and align 
with the business strategy. 
Stretching targets are set. 
At the end of the year the 
Committee determines the 
extent to which these were 
achieved.
Awards are paid in cash. 
Clawback (of any bonus paid) 
provisions apply (see below).
The Committee 
determines the 
maximum bonus 
opportunity each year 
to ensure that the 
overall remuneration 
package remains 
competitive. 
25% of the maximum 
annual bonus 
opportunity will be 
paid at Threshold 
performance, 50% at 
Target performance 
and 100% at Maximum 
performance, with 
straight-line vesting 
between each.
Performance measures 
are selected, and their 
respective weightings 
may vary from year 
to year, depending on 
financial and strategic 
priorities. Measures 
may include personal 
performance objectives 
provided no less than 
75% of the annual 
bonus is based on 
financial measures. 
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust 
the formulaic bonus 
outcomes both upwards 
(within the policy 
limits) and downwards 
to ensure alignment of 
pay with the underlying 
performance of the 
business over the 
financial year.
It is currently intended 
that the annual bonus 
will operate in line with 
prior year. 
The maximum 
opportunity is 150% of 
salary for all Executive 
Directors, and 
performance measures 
will remain as follows:
•	 60% on turnover
•	 20% on EBITDA
•	 20% on scorecard of 
strategic measures

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
94
Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2023
LTIP 
To drive sustained 
long-term 
performance that 
supports the creation 
of shareholder value.
Annual awards of shares  
or nil-cost options may  
be made to participants. 
Award levels and performance 
conditions are reviewed 
before each award cycle 
to ensure they remain 
appropriate. 
Awards made under the 
LTIP will have a performance 
period of at least three years 
and a minimum vesting 
period of three years. 
Dividend equivalents may 
accrue on LTIP awards and 
are paid on those shares 
which vest. 
Malus (of any unvested 
LTIP) and clawback (of any 
vested LTIP) provisions apply 
(see below).
The “core” LTIP 
provides for annual 
awards of up to 300% 
of salary for Executive 
Directors. 
An additional LTIP 
element provides for 
annual awards of up 
to 150% of salary for 
Executive Directors. 
It is intended that 
this additional LTIP 
element will operate for 
three years from 2021.
The Committee reserves 
the right to review the 
maximum opportunity 
to ensure that the 
overall remuneration 
package remains 
competitive.
Under each measure, 
Threshold performance 
will result in 25% of 
maximum vesting for 
that element, rising 
on a straight-line 
basis to full vesting 
for achieving Stretch 
performance.
Vesting of LTIP awards 
is subject to Company 
performance and 
continued employment. 
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust 
the formulaic LTIP 
outcomes both upwards 
(within the policy 
limits) and downwards 
to ensure alignment of 
pay with the underlying 
performance of the 
business over the 
performance period.
It is currently intended 
that the LTIP will operate 
in line with prior year. 
The maximum 
opportunities will be 
300% of salary for the 
“core” LTIP and 150% of 
salary for the additional 
LTIP element. 
The “core” LTIP 
will continue to vest 
subject to the following 
performance measures: 
•	 75% on turnover
•	 25% on EBITDA
The additional LTIP 
element will continue 
to vest subject to 
international revenue 
growth targets. 
Taking into account the 
current share price, the 
Committee carefully 
considered the potential 
for windfall gains, and 
determined that awards 
would be reviewed 
on vesting to ensure 
Executive Directors 
did not benefit from 
windfall gains. In making 
this assessment, the 
Committee will consider 
performance against the 
targets set, Fever-Tree’s 
share price performance 
including relative to the 
broader market and any 
other factors considered 
relevant by the Committee 
at the time.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

95
Governance
Notes to the Policy Table 
Malus and clawback 
Malus and clawback provisions may be applied in the following circumstances:
•	 Material misstatement of results;
•	 An act or omission by the participants which would enable the Company to summarily dismiss them;
•	 An error in assessing the performance conditions;
•	 Serious reputational damage to the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards);
•	 Material corporate failure in the Company or any other Group Company (2019 awards onwards); and
•	 Any other instance where the Remuneration Committee regards it appropriate.
Performance Measures 
For 2023, as in prior years, it is currently intended that the annual bonus and the “core” LTIP award will continue to 
be based primarily on turnover and EBITDA as these are considered by the Board to be the two most important key 
performance indicators for Fever-Tree, and are well aligned with Fever-Tree’s short and long-term strategy. Fever-Tree 
operates in a segment which is attractive to new entrants and it is therefore critical to drive market penetration and 
consequent revenue growth as fast as possible. The Committee is mindful of shareholder guidance around the same 
performance measures being used in both the annual bonus and the LTIP; however, for the reasons outlined, the 
Committee considers that this approach remains appropriate especially given the recent introduction of a scorecard  
of strategic measures, including environmental and sustainability measures, within the annual bonus. 
In 2021, the additional LTIP award was introduced to focus on the delivery of specific objectives, which are critical 
to achieving Fever-Tree’s long-term strategic ambitions. For 2023, it is currently intended that this will continue to 
be subject to stretching international revenue targets, providing a strong focus on the development and growth of the 
international business. When considering performance outcomes under the LTIP, the Committee will explicitly consider 
the spread of revenue generated across the business, including revenue generated in both the UK and the USA, and will 
determine, looking at performance across both the “core” LTIP and the additional LTIP element, whether outcomes are 
reflective of the overall shareholder experience. 
Targets applying to the annual bonus and LTIP awards are reviewed annually, based on internal and external reference 
points, and are set to be stretching but achievable with regard to the particular strategic priorities in a given year. Annual 
bonus targets are considered commercially sensitive and will be disclosed one year after the end of the performance 
period. Taking shareholder feedback into account, we now disclose our stretching LTIP targets within one year of grant 
rather than at vesting.
Shareholding Guidelines 
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of Executive Directors aligning their interests with shareholders 
through building up significant shareholdings in the Company. Our shareholding guidelines require Executive Directors 
to acquire a holding equivalent to 200% of base salary within five years of joining the Company. Until the relevant 
shareholding levels are acquired, vested but unexercised awards are included in shareholding guidelines on a net of 
tax basis. Details of the Executive Directors’ current personal shareholdings are provided in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration and are substantially in excess of the requirement. 
The Committee has considered whether it would be appropriate to introduce an additional LTIP holding period and/or 
post-employment shareholding guidelines. It is considered that the current leaver provisions under the LTIP along with 
the significant shareholdings in the business of both Executive Directors ensure the continued alignment of the interests 
of our Executive Directors and our shareholders post-cessation of employment. The Committee is however mindful of 
evolving shareholder expectations and will keep its approach in these areas under review. 

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
96
£0k
£500k
£1,000k
£1,500k
£2,000k
£2,500k
£3,000k
£3,500k
£4,000k
£4,500k
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Maximum (including
share price growth)
100%
36%
15%
16%
£485k
25%
21%
12%
38%
63%
48%
£1,315k
24%
£3,141k
£4,137k
■ Fixed Pay     ■ Annual Bonus     ■ LTIP     ■ Share Price Growth     
£0k
£500k
£1,000k
£1,500k
£2,000k
£2,500k
£3,000k
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Maximum (including
share price growth)
100%
36%
15%
16%
£313k
25%
21%
12%
38%
63%
48%
£847k
24%
£2,020k
£2,661k
■ Fixed Pay     ■ Annual Bonus     ■ LTIP     ■ Share Price Growth     
Non-Executive Director Policy Table 
Details of the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors and how this policy will be implemented for 2023 are 
set out in the table below:
Element (purpose  
and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration  
Policy for 2023
Fees
To attract and retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors of the 
highest calibre with 
broad commercial 
and other experience 
relevant to the 
Company.
The Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors receive a basic fee 
for their respective roles. 
Additional fees may be 
payable to Non-Executive 
Directors for additional 
services such as acting as 
Senior Independent Director 
or as Chair of any of the 
Board’s Committees, etc. 
Fee levels are reviewed 
from time to time against 
similar roles at comparable 
companies, taking into 
account time, commitment 
and responsibility of the 
role, with any adjustments 
normally effective 1 January 
in the year following review.
The fees paid to the Chair 
are determined by the 
Committee, whilst the fees of 
the Non-Executive Directors 
are determined by the Chair, 
CEO and CFO.
There is no maximum  
fee increase. 
It is expected that increases 
to Non-Executive Director 
fee levels will be in line 
with salaried employees 
over the life of the policy. 
However, in the event 
that there is a material 
misalignment with the 
market or a change in the 
complexity, responsibility 
or time commitment 
required to fulfil a Non-
Executive Director role, 
the Board has discretion 
to make an appropriate 
adjustment to the fee level.
Not performance 
related.
With effect from 1 January 
2023, the Chair’s fee was 
increased by 5% to £183,750.
Fees for Non-Executive 
Directors were also increased 
by 5% as follows: 
•	 Basic Non-Executive 
Director fee – £57,750
•	 Senior Independent 
Director additional fee – 
£7,350
•	 Audit and Remuneration 
Committee Chair fee – 
£10,500
This compares to a typical 
increase of 7% for the wider 
UK workforce.
Pay Scenario Charts 
The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for the two current Executive Directors 
based on remuneration arrangements in 2023 as described in the policy table. The potential is split between the different 
elements of remuneration under four different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘On Target’, ‘Maximum’ and ‘Maximum 
(including share price growth)’.
CEO	
CFO
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

97
Governance
In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:
Component
‘Minimum’
‘On-target’
‘Maximum’
‘Maximum  
(including share price growth)’
Base salary  
(from 1 January 2023)
CEO – £442,603
CFO – £284,555
Pension  
(from 1 January 2023)
9% of base salary
Other benefits
£3,000 
(based on disclosed single figure for 2022 excluding £1,500 one-off cash payment made to all staff)
Annual bonus
No bonus payable
Target bonus  
(50% of maximum)
Maximum bonus
LTIP*
No LTIP vesting
Threshold vesting 
(25% of maximum)
Maximum vesting 
(assumes a “core” 
LTIP award of 300% 
of salary and an 
additional LTIP award 
of 150% of salary)
Maximum vesting 
plus 50% share 
price growth over 
the performance 
period
* 	 LTIP awards granted in a year normally vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The projected value of LTIP amounts excludes the impact of any 
dividends over the vesting period.
Approach To Recruitment Remuneration 
In the case of appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of any or all of the existing components 
of remuneration, as described in the policy table.
In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into consideration 
all relevant factors (including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was 
recruited) to ensure that the pay arrangements are in the best interests of Fever-Tree and its shareholders. 
The Committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a structure not included in the Policy, for example 
to buy out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will consider all 
relevant factors, including the form of awards, expected value and vesting timeframe of forfeited opportunities. When 
determining any such “buyout”, the guiding principle is that awards would generally be on a “like-for-like” basis unless 
this is considered by the Committee not to be practical or appropriate. 
Service Contracts 
Executive Directors 
The Executive Directors signed new service contracts with the Company on admission to AIM. These are not of fixed 
duration and are terminable by either party giving 12 months’ written notice. Executive Directors’ contracts may be 
terminated early by making a payment in lieu of notice. Any payments in lieu of notice will normally be based on base 
salary only but may also include pension and benefits.
Executive Director
Date of service contract
Tim Warrillow
3 November 2014
Andy Branchflower
3 November 2014

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
98
Non-Executive Directors 
The Non-Executive Directors signed letters of appointment with the Company for the provision of Non-Executive 
Directors’ services, which may be terminated by either party giving one month’s written notice. The Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees are determined by the Board.
Non-Executive Director
Initial agreement date
Expiry date of current agreement
Bill Ronald
16 October 2014
15 October 20231
Coline McConville
16 October 2014
15 October 2023
Kevin Havelock
11 January 2018
11 January 2024
Jeff Popkin
11 January 2018
11 January 2024
Domenic De Lorenzo
17 May 2018
17 May 20242
Laura Hagan
20 May 2021
20 May 2024
1 	 Bill Ronald has announced his intention to retire from the Board at the end of the 2023 AGM.
2 	 Domenic De Lorenzo has signed a replacement letter of appointment as Chair, to take effect from the end of the 2023 AGM.
Exit Payment Policy 
In the event that an Executive Director leaves, LTIP awards will normally lapse, unless the individual is considered a 
‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in LTIP awards, with performance normally tested at the end of the relevant 
three-year performance period and awards normally pro-rated for time based on the proportion of the vesting period 
served. An individual would normally be considered a ‘good leaver’ if they leave for reasons of death, ill-health, injury, 
redundancy, retirement with the agreement of the Company, or such event as the Remuneration Committee determines. 
Similarly, in respect of the annual bonus, if an Executive Director leaves, they would normally lose any entitlement for 
bonus, unless a ‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in the bonus and the award is normally pro-rated for time 
and performance. 
Consideration of Conditions Elsewhere in the Company 
Fever-Tree remains in many ways a small group of companies, with around 300 employees globally. 
The Committee considers the range of base pay increases across the Company when determining the base salary increases 
for Executive Directors. 
The Remuneration Committee does not consult with employees over the effectiveness and appropriateness of the 
executive remuneration policy and framework; however, Remuneration Committee members are also Board members and 
therefore receive updates from the Executive Directors on their discussions and consultations with the wider employee 
population, and senior colleagues, including the Chief People Officer, present to the Board on a regular basis. During the 
year, the Board received a detailed update on our people strategy, including our approach to retention and remuneration 
throughout the company.
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Kevin Havelock was appointed in 2018 as the Company’s designated  
Non-Executive Director who is responsible for engaging with employees and ensuring that the employee voice is 
represented in the boardroom. During 2022, he attended employee group meetings and engaged with employees on 
multiple occasions throughout the Group’s network. Feedback received through these channels was fed into Board 
discussions. For further details on workforce engagement activities, please see page 67.
In 2022, inflationary cost pressures hit our employees personally, as well as our business. We were proud to continue 
to prioritise the well-being of the Fever-Tree team during the year – we recognise they are integral to our continuing 
success. The support that we provided included competitive pay increases at the beginning of 2022, supplemented by 
an additional one-off cash payment to all staff of £1,500 (or equivalent in local currency) in September 2022. In 2023 
we have implemented further mid-single digit pay increases for our colleagues, and continue to closely monitor inflation 
and employee experience.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

99
Governance
Consideration of Shareholder Views 
The Committee is committed to ongoing dialogue with shareholders and welcomes feedback on Directors’ remuneration. 
The Committee will continue to monitor trends and developments in corporate governance and market practice to ensure 
the structure of executive remuneration at Fever-Tree remains appropriate in the context of both the Company’s growth 
and the governance environment. The Committee will continue to regularly engage with shareholders as appropriate.
Annual Report on Remuneration 
The following section provides details of how Fever-Tree’s remuneration policy was implemented during the financial 
year ending 31 December 2022. 
Remuneration Committee Membership and Activities in 2022 
The Remuneration Committee’s members at 31 December 2022 were Coline McConville, who is the Chair of the 
Committee, Kevin Havelock, Domenic De Lorenzo and Laura Hagan. All members of the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Bill Ronald, Chair of the Board, is also invited to attend meetings. Jeff Popkin, Non-Executive 
Director, also attends meeting by invitation on occasion.
The Committee operates under the Group’s agreed Terms of Reference which sets out its duties, including reviewing all 
senior executive appointments and determining the Group’s policy in respect of the terms of employment, including 
remuneration packages of Executive Directors and other designated members of senior management (including the 
Company Secretary). 
The Committee’s Terms of Reference are available on the Group’s website and on request from the Company Secretary. 
The Remuneration Committee met formally four times during 2022 and also on an ad-hoc basis when required.
Remuneration Committee activities during the year were as follows:
•	 Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2021
•	 Review and approval of Executive Director performance against annual bonus targets for 2021 
•	 Review and approval of Executive Director performance against 2019 LTIP targets
•	 Determination of performance targets for incentives for 2022 
•	 Review of developments in corporate governance and best practice 
•	 Review of remuneration arrangements and policies for Executive Directors, senior management and the wider Group
Advisers 
During the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
who attended Committee meetings by invitation from the Committee Chair, to advise on specific questions raised by the 
Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers. The Chief Executive Officer, 
Chief Financial Officer and Chair were not present for any discussions that related directly to their own remuneration. 
The Committee has appointed Deloitte to provide independent advice on executive remuneration matters. Deloitte is  
a signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK. The fees paid to Deloitte in relation to 
advice provided to the Committee for 2022 were £25,955. The Committee evaluates the support provided by Deloitte 
annually and is comfortable that they do not have any connections with Fever-Tree that may impair their independence. 
No non-remuneration related advice was provided by Deloitte to the Group in the year.

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
100
Single Total Figure Of Remuneration For Directors 
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Director for the year ended 31 
December 2022 and the prior year:
Basic salary / fees 
(£k)
Taxable benefits 
(£k)
Pension 
(£k)
Annual bonus
 (£k)
LTIP 
(£k)
Total 
(£k)
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
20221
20212
2022
2021
Executive  
Director
Tim Warrillow
418
401
4.5
2
33
28
106
392
330
–
892
823
Andy Branchflower
268
258
4.5
2
21
18
68
252
212
–
574
530
Non-Executive 
Director
Bill Ronald
175
160
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
175
160
Coline McConville
72
72
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
72
72
Kevin Havelock
55
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
55
55
Jeff Popkin
55
55
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
55
55
Domenic De Lorenzo
65
65
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
65
65
Laura Hagan
55
34
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
55
34
1	 LTIP awards granted in 2020 vest on 20 May 2023 based on performance to 2022. These awards are due to vest at 47% of maximum. The share price used to 
value the award vesting for the purpose of this table is 1,024p (the three-month average share price to 31 December 2022). None of the value is attributable to 
share price growth in the period.
2	 LTIP awards granted in 2019 were due to vest on 8 May 2022 based on performance to 2021. Performance targets were not met and awards therefore lapsed 
in full.
Incentive Outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2022
Annual Bonus in Respect of 2022 Performance
The maximum annual bonus award for 2022 was 150% of salary for Tim Warrillow and Andrew Branchflower.
Performance was measured based 60% on turnover, 20% on EBITDA and 20% on a scorecard of strategic measures, 
including environmental and sustainability measures. The performance targets were set to be stretching in the context  
of the external environment, ensuring that the maximum payout would only be achieved if exceptional performance  
was delivered. 
Revenue for 2022 was £344.3m. Despite this representing c.11% growth on 2021, performance was below the threshold 
target set. Similarly, although profit performance was in line with expectations, EBITDA performance of £39.7m was 
below threshold. Overall, therefore, there is no annual bonus pay-out in respect of the financial performance measures  
for 2022. This demonstrates the stretch of the targets set at the start of the year. 
The Committee considered performance against the strategic and ESG objectives and noted the strong progress in 
the year, in particular in relation to strategic initiatives which will provide a continued focus on revenue growth going 
forward and help to address profitability challenges. The Committee is also proud of Fever-Tree’s ongoing journey against 
its sustainability strategy.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

101
Governance
Key externally disclosable achievements include:
Strategic 
achievements
•	 Purchase of Powell & Mahoney LLC, setting the business up for the launch of Fever-Tree branded  
non-carbonated cocktail mixers in early 2023 
•	 Launch of UK Adult Softs – already stocked widely, with further plans for expansion in 2023 
•	 Execution of distributor change in Canada and Japan, in each case to a distributor with materially larger 
scale and scope for expansion. Employment of a new Country Manager in Japan.
•	 Renewal of key distributor relationship in Switzerland 
•	 Successful opening of Airport Bar at Edinburgh Airport
•	 Refresh of internal reporting structures, leading to a direct positive impact on performance in 2022 
•	 Creation of on-site Innovation laboratory at London HQ 
ESG 
achievements
•	 Creation of ESG Committee 
•	 Climate & Circular Economy:
	
– Third Party certification of carbon neutral status for all products sold in the UK
	
– 10% reduction in carbon intensity per litre 
	
– Implementation of electric car lease salary sacrifice scheme for UK colleagues 
•	 Conservation & Communities:
	
– Extension of Tiny Forest partnership to include major On-Trade customer as part of national roll out
	
– Continued support for Malaria No More in global fight to eradicate the disease 
	
– Successful collaboration with Future Frontiers mentoring scheme 
	
– New ingredients supply chain due diligence plan developed and presented to Audit Committee 
•	 Colleagues 
	
– One-off cost of living bonus paid in Summer 2022 
	
– Continued support of flexible working, including monthly cash allowance and interest free travel loans 
	
– Increased pay rise implemented and maintenance of competitive bonus pot 
	
– Regular lunch and learn sessions, town halls, fortnightly internal staff updates and social events across 
the network
More detail on these and other achievements is included in our Sustainability Review starting on page 36. Overall, it was 
determined that the strategic and ESG elements would pay out at 85% of maximum, resulting in an overall bonus of 17% 
of maximum.
Fever-Tree has grown rapidly since its establishment and our strategic focus is on continuing to drive rapid expansion 
to cement our market-leading position. Our market is highly competitive, and the Committee strongly believes that the 
financial targets set for our incentive arrangements could provide market intelligence to our competitors which could  
be damaging to our business and therefore ultimately to shareholders. Consequently, and in line with previous years,  
we have not disclosed our annual bonus financial targets for 2022, but we plan to do so next year, provided the Board  
is comfortable that this information is no longer commercially sensitive.
Annual Bonus Targets for 2021
Last year, we committed to disclose within this report the annual bonus targets for 2021, unless the Board considered 
that these targets continue to be commercially sensitive. In keeping with this commitment, we have provided these 
performance targets below. Overall, the Executive Directors received a bonus of 65% of maximum in respect of 2021.
Weighting
Threshold 
25% payout
Target
50% payout
Maximum 
100% payout
Actual 
performance 
achieved for 2021
Payout
(% of maximum)
Turnover
60%
£283.0m
£293.0m
£320.1m
£311.1m
83.4%
EBITDA 
20%
£65.3m
£68.0m
£76.8m
£63.0m
0%
ESG 
20%
Scorecard approach
75%
Total
65.1%

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
102
In 2021, when determining the outcome under the ESG element of the annual bonus, the Committee considered progress 
against ESG objectives to be strong, providing a good foundation to build from in future years, and the Committee 
judged that overall this element should pay out at 75% of maximum. More detail on our ongoing sustainability efforts are 
set out in our Sustainability Review starting on page 41 of this Annual Report.
LTIP Vesting in Respect of 2022 Performance 
LTIP awards granted in 2020 vest on 20 May 2023 based on performance to 2022. These awards were based 75% on 
turnover and 25% on EBITDA. The targets were set in 2020, taking into account internal and external reference points, 
to be stretching but achievable with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment at the time. Revenue 
performance was between threshold and maximum, resulting in a 62% payout for this element. EBITDA performance 
was below the threshold set, meaning that this portion of the award will lapse in full. The overall vesting outcome is 
therefore 47% of maximum.
Performance Targets for the 2020 LTIP Award
Weighting
Target 
25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
Performance 
achieved
Portion vesting
Turnover
75%
£324.0m
£365.0m
£344.3m
62%
EBITDA 
25%
£77.5m
£100.0m
£39.7m
0%
Total 
47%
Scheme Interests Awarded in 2022
2022 LTIP
In 2022, a “core” LTIP award was granted at a face value of 300% of salary to both Executive Directors. The awards will 
vest on 27 April 2025 subject to the achievement of a stretching performance condition based 75% on turnover and 25% 
on EBITDA. 
In addition to the “core” LTIP award, an additional LTIP award was also granted to both Executive Directors with a face 
value of 150% of salary. This additional award will vest on 27 April 2025 subject to stretching international revenue 
growth targets. 
The three-year performance period began on 1 January 2022 and will end on 31 December 2024.
Executive Director
Date of grant
Face value1
End of performance period
Performance measures
Tim Warrillow
27 April 2022
 107,330 shares 
(£1.879m)
31 December 2024
“Core” LTIP award – 75% on turnover 
and 25% on EBITDA
Additional LTIP award – 100% on 
international revenue growth 
(25% vests for threshold performance, 
increasing on a straight line to full 
vesting for stretch performance)
Andy Branchflower
27 April 2022
 69,004 shares 
(£1.208m)
1	 Face value based on the average ordinary share price in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant of 1,751p.
Performance Targets for the 2022 LTIP Award
LTIP performance targets for the above awards were set, taking into account internal and external reference points, to be 
stretching but achievable with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment. 
Core LTIP award
Weighting
Target 
25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
Turnover
75%
£398.3m
£441.1m
EBITDA 
25%
£45.8m
£57.3m
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

103
Governance
£0
£200
£400
£600
£800
£1,000
£1,200
£1,400
£1,600
£1,800
01/11/2014
01/05/2015
01/11/2015
01/05/2016
01/11/2016
01/05/2017
01/11/2017
01/05/2018
01/11/2018
01/05/2019
01/11/2019
01/05/2020
01/11/2020
01/05/2021
01/11/2021
01/05/2022
01/11/2022
— Fever-Tree
— FTSE 250
— AIM 100
Additional LTIP award
Weighting
Target 
25% vesting 
Maximum 
100% payout
International revenue1 
100%
£281.4m
£305.1m
1	 Defined as Group revenue less UK revenue less GDP portfolio brand revenue.
Exit Payments made in the Year 
There were no payments for loss of office in the year. 
Payments to Past Directors 
There were no payments to past Directors in the year.
Pay for Performance 
The following chart compares the total shareholder return performance (TSR) of the Group vs. the FTSE 250 and AIM 
100 indices since IPO. The AIM 100 index has been chosen as this is the index of which the Company is a constituent. 
The FTSE 250 has been chosen as it includes other companies of comparable market capitalisation to Fever-Tree.
Total Shareholder Return Performance
The chart shows the value by 31 December 2022 of £100 invested in Fever-Tree on 7 November 2014 compared with the 
value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE AIM 100 Index on the same date. 

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
104
The table below shows the CEO’s single figure pay since 2014 and what percentage of the maximum bonus and LTIP 
vesting was achieved each year.
2014
£000
2015
£000
2016
£000
2017
£000
20181
£000
2019
£000
2020
£000
2021
£000
2022
£000
CEO single figure (£000)
487
460
725
842
4,098
1,373
904
823
892
Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
81%
65%
17%
LTIP vesting (% of maximum)
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
0%
0%
47%
1	 The CEO single figure for 2018 includes the value of the 2016 LTIP award. This award, which vested in full, had a value of £3,176k given share price growth of 
over 300% between the date of grant and date of vest.
Directors’ Interests and Shareholding
The table below shows the shareholding of each Director against their respective shareholding requirement as at 
31 December 2022:
Options held  
(including nil-cost options granted under the LTIP)
Ordinary shares at 
31 Dec 2022
Vested but not 
exercised
Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
employment
Options exercised
Shareholding  
Requirement 
 (% salary)
Requirement met?
Tim Warrillow
5,575,172
-
251,956
-
200%
Yes
Andy Branchflower
141,488
-
161,986
-
200%
Yes
Bill Ronald
411,416
–
–
–
–
–
Coline McConville
11,406
–
–
–
–
–
Kevin Havelock
164,563
–
–
–
–
–
Jeff Popkin
73,955
–
–
–
–
–
Dom De Lorenzo
4,550
–
–
–
–
–
Laura Hagan
634
–
–
–
–
–
Directors’ Interests in Shares and Options 
The individual interests of the Executive Directors under the Group’s share option schemes are as follows:
Date of grant
Share price1
Exercise price
Number of  
shares/options 
Awarded
Face value  
at grant
Performance period
Release date
Tim Warrillow
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751.00p
0.25p
107,330
£1,879,348
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
LTIP
20/05/21
2,381.23p
0.25p
76,065
£1,811,283
01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023
28/04/24
LTIP
20/05/20
1,435.29p
0.25p
68,561
£984,049
01/01/2020 – 31/12/2022
20/05/23
Andrew Branchflower
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751.00p
0.25p
69,004
£1,208,260
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
LTIP
20/05/21
2,381.23p
0.25p
48,903
£1,164,493
01/01/2021 – 31/12/2023
28/04/24
LTIP
20/05/20
1,435.29p
0.25p
44,079
£632,661
01/01/2020 – 31/12/2022
20/05/23
1	 Based on the average mid-market price of an ordinary share in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

105
Governance
The Directors present their report 
together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 
31 December 2022. The Corporate 
Governance Statement on pages  
80 to 83 also forms part of this 
Directors’ Report.
Dividends
The Board is pleased to recommend 
a final dividend of 10.68 pence per 
share, bringing the total dividend  
for 2022 to 16.31 pence per share 
(2021: 58.89 pence per share 
inclusive of special dividend).
Directors
The Directors of the Group during 
the period and to the date of this 
report are as follows:
WDG Ronald  
(retiring at end of 2023 AGM) 
TDG Warrillow 
AJ Branchflower 
D De Lorenzo 
CL McConville 
KJ Havelock 
J Popkin 
LK Hagan 
The names of the Directors, along 
with their brief biographical details 
are given on pages 78 to 79.
Directors’ Interests
The Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares and options over 
ordinary shares are shown in the 
Remuneration Report on page 90.
No Director has any beneficial 
interest in the share capital of any 
subsidiary or associate undertaking.
Directors’ Indemnity 
Provisions
As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the Directors have the 
benefit of an indemnity which is a 
qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by s236 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity 
was in force throughout the financial 
period and at the date of approval of 
the financial statements. 
The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial 
period Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect  
of itself and its Directors.
Political Donations
The Group made no political 
donations in the financial period.
Disclosure of Information 
to Auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, 
there is no relevant audit information 
(that is, information needed by the 
Group’s auditor in connection with 
preparing their Report) of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware, 
and each Director has taken all 
reasonable steps that they ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to 
make themself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the Group’s auditor is aware of 
that information.
Financial Instruments
The financial risk management 
objectives of the Group, including 
credit risk, interest rate risk and 
currency risk, are provided in note 
3 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on pages 129 to 132.
Subsidiaries
The Company has twelve subsidiaries; 
a complete list is provided at note 
15 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements on page 141.
Share Capital Structure
At 31 December 2022, the Company’s 
issued share capital was £291,409 
divided into 116,563,677 ordinary 
shares of 0.25p each. Further details 
of the Company’s issued share capital 
are given in note 22 on page 145. 
The Company’s ordinary shares rank 
pari passu in all respects with each 
other, including for voting purposes 
and for all dividends. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at  
general meetings of the Company.
Further information on the voting 
and other rights of shareholders, 
including deadlines for exercising 
voting rights, are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association  
and in the explanatory notes  
that accompany the Notice of the 
Annual General Meeting, which  
are available on the Company’s 
website (www.fever-tree.com). 
Restriction on Shares
The Company’s ordinary shares 
are freely transferable and there 
are no restrictions on the size of 
a holding. Transfers of shares are 
governed by the provisions of the 
Articles of Association and prevailing 
legislation. The ordinary shares 
are not redeemable; however, the 
Company may purchase any of the 
ordinary shares, subject to prevailing 
legislation and other relevant rules. 
The Directors are not aware of any 
agreements between holders of the 
Company’s shares that may result  
in the restriction of the transfer  
of securities or on voting rights.  
No shareholder holds securities 
carrying any special rights or control 
over the Company’s share capital. 
Authority to Allot and 
Purchase Own Shares
At the 2022 Annual General Meeting, 
the Directors were granted the 
authority to allot ordinary shares 
in the Company up to an aggregate 
nominal value of £97,125. The 
Company was also authorised by 
shareholder resolution at the 2022 
Annual General Meeting to purchase 
up to 10% of its issued share capital. 
No shares were allotted or purchased 
by the Company during the year 
under these authorities.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
106
Significant Shareholders
As of 31 December 2022, the Company is aware of the following holdings  
of significant shareholders in the Company (as defined in the AIM Rules). 
Name
Holding (shares, millions)
%
Lindsell Train Investment Mgt 
17,600,500
15.10
Capital Group
9,919,433
8.51
Fundsmith 
8,909,250
7.64
Mr Charles Rolls 
5,685,928
4.87
Mr Timothy Warrillow 
5,575,172
4.78
Baillie Gifford & Co 
4,594,379
3.94
TIAA Investment Mgt 
3,539,338
3.04
Ninety One 
3,519,237
3.02
Share Option Schemes
Details of employee share schemes 
are set out in Note 23 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Appointment and 
Retirement of Directors
The rules for appointing and 
replacing Directors are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association. 
Directors can be appointed by 
ordinary resolution of the Company 
or by the Board. The Company can 
remove a Director from office by 
passing an ordinary resolution.
Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association 
can only be amended by special 
resolution and are available at  
www.fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors.
Going Concern
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group and parent company have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for at least 12 
months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. In reaching 
this conclusion, the Directors have 
considered the current situation 
in Ukraine. Whilst the Group has 
no direct supply chain exposure to 
Ukraine or Russia, the Directors are 
mindful of the impact a sustained 
change to commodity pricing or wider 
disruption to global supply of key 
packaging raw materials could have 
on trading. 
However, with reference to the 
scenarios modelled as part of 
our viability assessment, which 
demonstrate significant resilience 
under prudent assumptions for 
inflationary cost increases and 
potential business interruption 
events, the Directors have concluded 
that no further scenario modelling 
is required with regards the current 
situation in Ukraine. For this reason, 
they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.
Significant Events since the 
end of the Financial Year
There have been no material events 
affecting the Group since 1 January 
2023.
Strategic Report
This is set out on pages 10 to 76 and 
includes the Group’s Sustainability 
Review (which includes the group’s 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting), a description of how 
the Group engages with its key 
stakeholders and an indication  
of potential future developments.
Research and Development
The Group carries out such  
research and development as it  
deems necessary to support its 
principal activities.
Directors’ Statement
The Directors believe that the annual 
report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.
The Directors have carried out a 
robust assessment of the Group’s 
emerging and principal risks and 
the disclosures in the annual report 
that describe the principal risks and 
the procedures in place to identify 
emerging risks and explain how they 
are being managed or mitigated.
Auditor
BDO LLP has expressed their 
willingness to continue in office  
as Auditor and a resolution to  
re-appoint them will be proposed  
at the forthcoming Annual  
General Meeting.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will  
be held on 25 May 2023 at 11.30am.
The ordinary business comprises 
receipt of the Directors’ Report 
and audited financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 
2022, approval of the Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year 
ended 31 December 2022, the 
re-election of Directors, the re-
appointment of BDO LLP as Auditor 
and authorisation of the Directors to 
determine the Auditors’ remuneration.
The Notice of Annual General 
Meeting and the ordinary and special 
resolutions to be put to the meeting 
will be separately announced by 
the Company.
Approval
This Directors’ Report was approved 
by the Board and was signed on its 
behalf on 21 March 2023.
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

107
Governance
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have elected to prepare the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with the UK adopted international 
accounting standards and the Company Financial Statements in accordance with FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for 
that period. The Directors are also required to prepare financial statements in accordance with the rules of the London 
Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on the Alternative Investment Market.
In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•	 Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•	 Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•	 State whether they have been prepared in accordance with the UK adopted IFRSs, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
•	 Prepare the financial statements on a going-concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on 
a website. Financial statements are published on the Group’s website in accordance with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Group’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ 
responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
108
108

109
Financial Statements
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
110  Independent Auditor’s Report
118  Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income
119  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
120  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
121  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
122  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
149  Company Statement of Financial Position
150  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
151  Notes to the Company Financial Statements
109

110
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards;
•	 the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and 
Other Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, notes to the Consolidated financial statements, the 
Company Statement of Financial Position, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes to the Company 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:
•	 The Directors’ assessment of going concern: we obtained an understanding of the process undertaken by the Directors 
to prepare the going concern assessment and how the impacts of the inflationary environment, the conflict in Ukraine, 
and the ongoing challenges of the global supply chain have been evaluated and incorporated into the forecasts.
•	 Assessment of assumptions within the cash flow forecasts: we challenged the assumptions used in the forecasts, in 
particular the sales growth rates, gross margins and cash flows generated from operations against actuals achieved 
in recent financial years. We considered the Group’s assessment of the impact of the current macro-economic and 
geopolitical environment, and we have corroborated the Group assumptions used to external references where possible.
•	 We tested the numerical accuracy of the model used to prepare the forecasts.
•	 Cash balances: we agreed a sample of the Group cash balances to post year end bank statements and compared these to 
the amounts included in the forecast.
•	 Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of sensitivities over the Group’s cash flows to changes in the significant inputs and 
assumptions used. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as a result of a decrease 
in sales or a greater than anticipated increase in operating costs.
 

Financial Statements
111
•	 Post year end trading performance: comparison of the post year end trading results to the forecasts so as to evaluate 
the accuracy and achievability of the forecasts prepared.
•	 Disclosures: evaluation of the adequacy of the disclosures (note 1) in relation to the specific risks posed and scenarios 
the Group has considered in reaching their going concern assessment.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue  
as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 
In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.
Overview
Coverage
102% (2021: 103%) of Group profit before tax* 
88% (2021: 90%) of Group revenue 
94% (2021: 98%) of Group total assets
*Our audit covers over 100% of Group profit before tax due to losses within non-significant 
components of the Group. 
Key audit matters
Revenue recognition – customer arrangements
2022 
2021
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
£2.3m (2021: £2.9m) based on 5% of the average Profit before tax over the previous three  
year period (2021: 5% of the average Profit before tax over the previous three year period).
An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s 
systems of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed 
the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the 
Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.
A full scope audit was completed by the Group audit team in respect of three significant components. Three non-
significant components were identified, and the Group audit team performed specified audit procedures over certain 
in-scope balances in relation to two of these.
Our involvement with component auditors
For the third non-significant component the Group audit team controlled and directed the work of the component audit 
team, a BDO network firm. This included providing detailed audit instructions and setting component materiality. 
We held video calls with the component audit team to maintain an open dialogue throughout the completion of their 
specified audit procedures and we performed a review of the component auditors working papers. In addition, certain 
inventory counts completed by third party managed warehouses were attended by BDO network firms in the United 
States, Germany, and Spain in accordance with our instructions.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. This matter was 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter.

112
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Key audit matter 
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue 
recognition 
– customer 
arrangements 
(note 1)
The Group agrees promotional sales 
related discount arrangements with certain 
distributors and customers and, for some 
agreements, also contributes towards 
marketing and campaign expenditure to 
support and develop the Fever-Tree brand. 
The accounting for these arrangements is 
complex and judgemental. This gives rise 
to scope for error in the measurement, 
recognition and presentation of these 
promotional sales discounts and 
contributions as either a reduction in 
revenue or as marketing expenditure within 
administrative expenses. 
Furthermore, as these amounts are 
material and revenue is a key performance 
indicator, we consider there to be a risk 
of management override. Management 
could manipulate reported revenue and 
results through incomplete recording of 
the discounts and contributions or through 
presentation as administrative expenses 
rather than a deduction against revenue. 
We therefore identified this to be a 
significant audit risk and a significant area 
of focus for our audit and hence a key audit 
matter.
Our audit procedures included the following:
•	 We reviewed a sample of contracts and discussed 
arrangements in place with management to obtain an 
understanding of the more significant arrangements with 
customers and distributors to challenge the accounting 
treatment for these. We considered the accounting for 
these customer arrangements in the context of relevant 
accounting standards. 
•	 We tested a sample of revenue and marketing expense 
entries to agreed arrangements with customers and 
distributors to check that the Group’s accounting policy 
had been correctly applied and that the amounts had been 
correctly presented in the income statement.
•	 We tested whether amounts were accurately recorded 
in the correct accounting period through sampling and 
recalculating accruals for marketing commitments and price 
arrangements in place around the year end. 
•	 We obtained corroborative third party evidence or 
documentation prepared by the Group to confirm the 
accounting treatment for these arrangements, including 
around year end. This included determining whether a 
distinct good or service has been received by the Group 
or whether payments to customers better reflect a sales 
price discount. 
Key observations:
Based on our audit procedures we have not identified evidence 
of inappropriate management override in the recording or 
presentation of revenue relating to customer arrangements 
and consider the judgements made by management in the 
recognition of these arrangements to be appropriate.

Financial Statements
113
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could 
influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements.
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a 
lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements 
below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified 
misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial 
statements as a whole. 
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows:
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
2022 £m
2021 £m
2022 £m
2021 £m
Materiality
2.3
2.9
0.7
2.7
Basis for determining  
materiality
5% of 3 year average profit before tax.
2% of total assets  
(capped in 2022 to reduce aggregation risk).
Rationale for the  
benchmark applied
We consider the benchmark of profit before 
tax is the most relevant measure of financial 
performance and the key metric for users of the 
Group’s financial statements. In the current and 
prior year, given the fluctuation in profit before 
tax, we considered a pre-tax profit averaged 
over the last three years to be appropriate.
We consider an asset based measure 
to best reflect the nature of the 
Parent Company which acts as a holding 
company for the Group’s investments in 
subsidiary undertakings.
Performance materiality
1.61
2.03
0.49
1.89
Basis for determining 
performance materiality
70% of materiality based on our experience and knowledge of the Group and  
Parent Company, Group structure, planned testing approach, and history of errors.
Component materiality
We set materiality for each significant component of the Group based on a percentage of between 30% (2021: 52%) and 
90% (2021:90%) of Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of 
that component. Component materiality ranged from £0.7m (2021: 1.5m) to £2.1m (2021: 2.7m). In the audit of each 
component, we further applied performance materiality levels of 70% of the component materiality to our testing to 
ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated.
Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £90,000 
(2021: £58,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

114
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on 
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Corporate governance statement
As the Group has voluntarily adopted the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement 
relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Statement specified 
for our review. 
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the audit.
Going concern  
and longer-term 
viability 
•	 The Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 
accounting and any material uncertainties identified (set out on page 106); and
•	 The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment 
covers and why the period is appropriate (set out on page 76).
Other Code 
provisions
•	 Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 106; 
•	 Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks 
(set out on page 106); 
•	 The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and 
internal control systems (set out on page 88 and 89); and
•	 The section describing the work of the Audit Committee (set out on page 86 to 89).

Financial Statements
115
Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required  
by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 
Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in 
the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Matters on which  
we are required to 
report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 
2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

116
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
•	 We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks applicable to the Group. The most significant 
of these was considered to be the applicable financial reporting frameworks (UK adopted International Accounting 
Standards, FRS 101, Companies Act 2006 and the UK Corporate Governance Code), relevant tax compliance regulations, 
the AIM rules, and food standards legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. 
•	 We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including understanding 
where and how fraud might occur. This includes the procedures described in the Key Audit Matters section of this 
audit report to identify whether price related discounts were being appropriately recorded against revenue. We also 
considered performance targets and management remuneration incentives and how they could influence management 
to manipulate reported revenue and earnings. 
•	 We obtained an understanding of the procedures and controls that the Group has established to address risks 
identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed 
audit procedures to address each identified fraud risk. These procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements were free of fraud or error.
•	 Based on the understanding obtained we designed audit procedures to identify non-compliance with the laws and 
regulations, as noted above. This included enquiries of in-house legal counsel, Management, the Audit Committee, 
review of Board and Committee minutes, and correspondence with legal counsel and regulators.
•	 We tested a sample of journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics of audit interest, year-
end consolidation journals, journals processed by users with privileged IT systems access rights and those relating 
to revenue. 
•	 We tested and challenged the key estimates and judgements made by management in preparing the financial 
statements for indications of bias or management override when presenting the results and financial position  
of the Group.
•	 We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team 
members and the component auditors and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit. We also reviewed the work performed by the component audit teams in this regard.
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. 
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws 
and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become 
aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Financial Statements
117
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent 
Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Diane Campbell 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor 
London, UK
21 March 2023
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

118
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
Note
2022
£m
2021
£m
Revenue
4
344.3
311.1
Cost of sales
(225.5)
(180.2)
Gross profit
118.8
130.9
Administrative expenses
(88.2)
(75.3)
Adjusted EBITDA
39.7
63.0
Depreciation
11 & 13
(4.3)
(3.2)
Amortisation
12
(1.5)
(1.5)
Share based payment charges
23
(3.3)
(2.7)
Operating profit
5
30.6
55.6
Finance income
7
0.8
0.3
Finance expense
7
(0.4)
(0.3)
Profit before tax
31.0
55.6
Tax expense
8
(6.1)
(11.0)
Profit for the year
24.9
44.6
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations
(0.1)
–
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
(0.3)
(1.3)
Related tax
–
0.3
Total other comprehensive income
(0.4)
(1.0)
Total comprehensive income for the year
24.5
43.6
Earnings per share
Basic (pence)
9
21.36
38.29
Diluted (pence)
9
21.32
38.19

Financial Statements
119
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2022
At 31 December 2022
Note
2022
£m
2021
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
11 & 13
25.6
9.6
Intangible assets
12
53.2
47.7
Deferred tax asset
21
1.9
2.8
Other non-current assets
17
1.8
–
Total non-current assets
82.5
60.1
Current assets
Inventories
16
60.1
36.2
Trade and other receivables
17
72.4
70.3
Derivative financial instruments
19
–
0.9
Corporation tax asset
1.3
2.4
Cash and cash equivalents
95.3
166.2
Total current assets
229.1
276.0
Total assets
311.6
336.1
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
18
(51.3)
(49.4)
Derivative financial instruments
19
(1.8)
–
Loans and borrowings
20
–
(0.1)
Lease liabilities
13
(3.4)
(0.7)
Corporation tax liability
(0.8)
(0.6)
Total current liabilities
(57.3)
(50.8)
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
13
(13.5)
(2.1)
Deferred tax liability
21
(1.6)
(1.6)
Total non-current liabilities
(15.1)
(3.7)
Total liabilities
(72.4)
(54.5)
Net assets 
239.2
281.6
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company
Share capital
22
0.3
0.3
Share premium
24
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
24
0.1
0.1
Cash flow hedge reserve
24
(0.5)
(0.2)
Translation reserve
24
(0.3)
(0.2)
Retained earnings
24
184.8
226.8
Total equity
239.2
281.6
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 21 March 2023 and were 
signed on its behalf by:
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer

120
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
Share
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Capital 
redemption
reserve
£m
Cash flow  
hedge 
reserve
£m
Translation 
reserve
£m
Retained 
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Equity as at 31 December 2020
0.3
54.8
0.1
0.8
(0.2)
196.8
252.6
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
44.6
44.6
Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Other comprehensive income
–
–
–
(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
(1.0)
–
44.6
43.6
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(18.4)
(18.4)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
2.7
2.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
1.1
1.1
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2021
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.2)
(0.2)
226.8
281.6
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
24.9
24.9
Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
–
–
– 
(0.3)
–
–
(0.3)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
(0.3)
(0.1)
24.9
24.5
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(68.8)
(68.8)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
3.3
3.3
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
(1.4)
(1.4)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
184.8
239.2

Financial Statements
121
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
2022
£m
2021
£m
Operating activities
Profit before tax
31.0
55.6
Finance expense
0.4
0.3
Finance income
(0.8)
(0.3)
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment
4.3
3.2
Amortisation of intangible assets
1.5
1.5
Share based payment charges
3.3
2.7
Increase/(decrease) in impairment losses on receivables and inventories
(3.1)
3.8
Gain on disposal of fixed asset
–
0.1
36.6
66.9
(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables
(1.6)
(14.6)
(Increase)/Decrease in inventories
(23.5)
0.5
Increase/(Decrease) in trade and other payables
0.5
7.7
Increase/(Decrease) in derivative liability / (Increase)/Decrease in derivative asset 
2.4
(2.8)
(22.2)
(9.2)
Cash generated from operations
14.4
57.7
Income taxes paid
(5.9)
(10.9)
Net cash flows from operating activities
8.5
46.8
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
(4.6)
(3.6)
Interest received
0.8
0.3
Investment in intangible assets
(2.5)
(1.0)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
(3.7)
–
Net cash used in investing activities
(10.0)
(4.3)
Financing activities
Interest paid
(0.1)
(0.2)
Dividends paid
(68.8)
(18.4)
Repayment of loan
–
(0.1)
Payment of lease liabilities
(1.8)
(0.6)
Net cash used in financing activities
(70.7)
(19.3)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(72.2)
23.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
166.2
143.1
Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held
1.3
(0.1)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
95.3
166.2

122
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. 
It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address of its 
registered office is 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road London W6 7NL. These consolidated financial statements comprise  
the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’).
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards in conformity and compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
There are a number of amendments to accounting standards, or IFRIC interpretations that are effective for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. The Group has concluded that none of these amendments have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements:
•	 IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use
•	 IAS 37 – Onerous contracts: Costs of fulfilling a contract
•	 IAS 41 – Agriculture: Annual improvements to IFRSs 2018-2020 cycle 
•	 IFRS 1 – First-time Adoption of IFRS: Annual improvements to IFRSs Standards 2018-2020 cycle
•	 IFRS 3 – Business Combinations: Updating a reference to the Conceptual Framework
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are presented in millions, rounded to 
the nearest £100,000, unless otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest decimal, unless 
otherwise stated. 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. 
The policies have been consistently applied to all of the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
The impact of the ongoing conflict in Ukraine and the inflationary macro-economic environment has been reflected in 
the Directors’ assessment of the going concern basis of preparation. This has been considered by modelling the impact on 
the Group’s cashflow for the period to the end of June 2024. In completing this exercise, the Directors established there 
were no plausible scenarios that would result in the Group no longer continuing as a going concern.
The Directors have therefore concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at 
least the 12 months following the publication of the financial statements, that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of preparation in the financial statements, that there is not a material uncertainty in relation to going 
concern and that there is no significant judgement involved in making that assessment.
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to 
the Group. 
Intragroup balances including unrealised profit in stock, where inventory purchased from Group companies has not been 
sold on to third parties, are eliminated upon consolidation.
Business combinations
Business combinations are reflected through the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities, 
including intangible assets and contingent liabilities, are recognised at fair value as at the date of acquisition. The 
consideration payable is also measured at fair value. 
The difference between the fair value of consideration transferred and the identifiable net assets received is recognised 
as goodwill. Any payments to former owners, contingent on continued employment are recognised as administrative 
expenses as are all transaction related costs.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. There are two types of products 
which generate revenue – premium carbonated mixers and premium non-carbonated mixers. However, it is noted that 
revenue recognition policy for both products is the same given their similarity of arrangement.

Financial Statements
123
1. Accounting policies continued 
Revenue recognition continued
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s performance obligations are fulfilled i.e., when control over goods is transferred 
to customers. Customers obtain control of the goods when they are delivered to and have been accepted at their premises 
or made available for ex-works collection, depending on individual customer arrangements. 
Invoices are generated at that point in time and are usually payable within 30 days. Revenue is recorded based on the 
price specified in sales invoices, net of any agreed discounts and rebates, and exclusive of value added tax on goods 
supplied to customers during the year. 
There are a variety of discounts and rebates provided to customers, which are assessed on a case-by-case basis as to whether 
the resulting payment to customers is for a distinct good or service (such as marketing) or for a promotional discount. 
If a payment to a customer is judged to be for a distinct good or service, this is accounted for as a cost in administrative 
expenses. If the payment is judged to represent a discount, this is accounted for as a reduction in the underlying 
transaction price. Management restrict revenue to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be reduced by 
promotion or discount. Accruals are included in the consolidated statement of financial position in respect of expected 
amounts necessary to meet the claims of the Group’s customers based on discount and rebate agreements in place. 
None of the discounts or rebates result in a material right being provided to the customer, as there are no cases where 
customers are given the option to purchase at a discount in the future as a result of their historical purchases. 
Returns are permitted in limited circumstances.
Expenditure
Expenditure is recognised in respect of goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual terms. 
A provision is made when a present obligation exists for a future liability relating to a past event and where the amount 
of the obligation can be reliably estimated.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a business represents any excess of the fair value of the consideration over the fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are incorporated 
into the consolidated financial statements at their fair value.
Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or 
loss and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of a business, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the 
determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 
Impairment of non-financial assets
Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are undertaken annually at the 
reporting date. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests if there is any indication of impairment. 
Where the carrying value of an asset is judged to exceed its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of value in use or the fair 
value less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly. With the exception of goodwill, all assets are subsequently 
reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.
Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on 
the asset’s cash generating unit (i.e. the lowest group of assets, in which the asset belongs, for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows). Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination giving rise to the goodwill.
Impairment charges, and the reversal of previous impairment charges, are expensed/credited to profit or loss. 
An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.
Externally acquired intangible assets
Externally acquired intangible assets, including software, are initially recognised at cost and subsequently amortised on 
a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives.
The amortisation expense for both externally acquired and internally generated intangible assets is recognised within 
administrative expenses and charged as follows:
Computer Software – 20% per annum straight-line

124
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies continued
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they 
satisfy the definition of an intangible asset. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date 
and comprises the Group’s brand names and customer relationships acquired. All intangible assets acquired through 
business combination are amortised over their estimated useful lives.
The significant intangibles recognised by the Group, their useful economic lives and the methods used to determine the 
cost of the intangibles acquired in a business combination are as follows:
Intangible asset
Useful economic life
Brands
20 years
Customer relationships
10 years
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value. Amortisation is included within 
administrative expenses.
Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost. As well as the purchase price, cost includes 
directly attributable costs. Subsequently, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less the accumulated 
depreciation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value or estimated loss on disposal.
Depreciation is provided on all items of property, plant and equipment so as to write off their carrying value over the 
expected useful economic lives. It is included within administrative expenses and is charged at the following rates:
Leasehold assets/right of use assets – over the life of the lease
Fixtures and fittings – 33% per annum straight-line
Re-usable packaging – 20% per annum straight-line
Plant, equipment, and vehicles – 10%-20% per annum straight-line
Cash and cash equivalents
Included within cash and cash equivalents are demand deposits and short-term deposits used for short-term cash 
requirements. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. 

Financial Statements
125
1. Accounting policies continued
Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into the categories, discussed below, based upon the purpose for which the asset 
was acquired. The Group has not classified any of its financial assets as fair value through other comprehensive income 
(FVOCI).
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
This category comprises only in-the-money derivatives (see “Financial assets” section for out-of-the-money derivatives) 
not used for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value 
with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Other than these derivative 
financial instruments, the Group does not have any assets classified as FVTPL.
Amortised Cost
The Group’s assets at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables included within the consolidated statement of 
financial position and cash and cash equivalents including cash held at bank.
Trade and other receivables are classified as financial assets at amortised cost as they are held only with the purpose of 
collecting the contractual cash flows. They arise principally through the provision of services to customers (e.g. trade 
receivables), where the contractual cash flows comprise only the invoiced amounts, but also incorporate other types of 
contractual monetary assets in which payments comprise only principal and interest, such as prepayments with suppliers.
They are initially recognised at fair value plus, where relevant, directly attributable transactions costs and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.
Impairment provisions are recognised based on the expected credit loss model, with the amount of such a provision 
being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present value of the future expected cash flows associated 
with the impaired receivable. For trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate 
allowance account with the loss being recognised separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income. On confirmation that the trade receivables will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the 
asset is written off against the associated provision.
Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability 
was acquired.
Fair value through profit or loss
This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see “Financial liabilities” for in-the-money derivatives) not 
used for hedge accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value 
with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Other than these derivative 
financial instruments, the Group does not have any assets classified as FVTPL. 
Other financial liabilities
The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise bank loans, trade payables and other borrowings, including short-term 
monetary liabilities. Bank loans are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable 
to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate 
on the balance of the liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial position. The interest expense includes 
initial transaction costs and premiums payable on redemption, as well as any interest coupon payable while the liability  
is outstanding.
Trade payables, other borrowings and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value, 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

126
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies continued
Hedge accounting
The Group designates a portion of its derivatives as cash flow hedges, hedging the currency risk of highly probable 
forecast future sales transactions by utilising forward contracts. The forward rate designation accounting approach 
is used, which includes the forward element of the derivative in the hedge designation. Changes in fair value of the 
effective portion of the hedge accounted derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive income before being recycled 
to the statement of profit or loss when the forecasted cash flow affects the profit or loss. Hedge effectiveness is forward 
looking and is tested on an ongoing basis. The Group utilises critical terms matching to assess effectiveness and any 
ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in the profit or loss. 
Share capital
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition of 
a financial liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.
Leased assets
When entering into a contract the Group assesses whether or not a lease exists. A lease exists if a contract conveys a right 
to control the use of an identified asset under a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group has elected not 
to separate non-lease components for the lease of office land and buildings. Leases of low value items and short-term 
leases (leases of less than 12 months at the commencement date) are charged to the profit or loss on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term in administrative expenses. Any renegotiations of leased assets are accounted for based on the nature 
of the modification to the lease contract.
During the financial year, the Group has modified the estimated lease term of the UK head-office, extending by five years. 
The lease has been modified in compliance with the IFRS 16 accounting standard, and therefore there has been an 
adjustment to the carrying amount of the lease liability and right of use asset recognised. The lease liability associated 
with the UK head-office has been remeasured with a comparable remeasurement of the right-of-use asset. 
The Group recognises right-of-use assets as the amount of the initial lease liability at the lease commencement 
date, based on the present value of future lease payments. Where applicable, this is adjusted for any lease incentives 
received, and direct costs and lease payments incurred prior to or at commencement of the lease. Right of use assets are 
depreciated on a straight-line basis in line with the Group’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment. The 
lease liabilities are recognised at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Discount rates used reflect the 
incremental borrowing rate specific to the lease.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated 
statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal 
of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the difference can be utilised. 
The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax 
balances are not discounted.

Financial Statements
127
1. Accounting policies continued
Deferred taxation continued
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 
liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:
•	 the same taxable group company; or
•	 different company entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to realise the 
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the period except in relation to 
deferred tax on share based payments. If the amount of a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the cumulative 
remuneration expense, the excess of the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
Inventories
Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realisable value after making 
allowance for obsolete and slow-moving items.
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily interchangeable items by considering the cost of similar 
items at the beginning of the period and the cost of similar items purchased or produced during the period.
Operating segments
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision-maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors.
The Board considers that although the Group’s activity is generated from global sales across four regions (as shown in 
the Chairman’s statement and Note 4), there is ultimately one overarching reporting and operating segment. This is due 
to the key decisions and allocation of resources happening in a centralised manner; with the majority of the costs for the 
Group incurred by operations led from the Group’s head office. Management reviews the performance of the Group by 
reference to total results against budget.
The total profit measures are operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and profit for the year, all disclosed on the face of the 
profit or loss. No differences exist between the basis of preparation of the performance measures used by management 
and the figures in the Group financial statements.
Adjusted EBITDA
Operating profit is adjusted for a number of non-cash items, including amortisation of the Fever-Tree brand intangible 
acquired in March 2013 and other intangible assets, depreciation, and the share based payment charge which recognises 
the fair value of share options granted. 
The intention is for adjusted EBITDA to provide a comparable, year on year indicator of underlying trading and 
operational performance. Adjusted EBITDA is the Group’s primary alternative performance measure (APM).
Share based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the option at the date of grant is charged to the profit 
or loss over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity 
instruments expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the 
vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair 
value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether 
the market vesting conditions are satisfied. 
Where share options are cancelled, their remaining unamortised fair value is fully written off through the profit or loss.
Foreign currency
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in Pound Sterling. The presentation currency of the 
consolidated financial statements is the same as the functional currency of the Company, being Pound Sterling. 

128
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies continued
Transactions and balances
Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which they operate (their “functional currency”) are recorded at the rates ruling when the transactions occur. Foreign 
currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences 
arising on the retranslation of unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are recognised immediately in the profit or loss.
Foreign operations
The profit or loss and statement of cash flows of foreign operations are translated at the average rate of exchange during 
the period. The statement of financial position of a foreign operation is translated at the ruling rate at the reporting date. 
Exchange differences arising on opening net assets and arising on the translation of results at an average rate compared 
to a closing rate are both recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.
2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
Management has made estimates and accounting judgements within the financial statements; these are reviewed 
regularly and revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively. 
Customer arrangements
An element of judgement is involved in determining whether payments to customers are in exchange for a distinct good 
or service under IFRS 15 or are instead a reduction in transaction price, namely in relation to discretionary marketing 
spend with our Europe and Rest of World distributors.
Management carefully assesses what is received in each individual arrangement with customers to determine the correct 
accounting treatment. In the absence of clear evidence to the contrary, payments to customers are recognised as reductions 
to revenue. Management restricts revenue recognised to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be reduced by 
customer arrangements.
Business combinations
As detailed in Note 1, the Group uses the acquisition method for business combinations as required by IFRS 3. Judgement 
is used in identifying and measuring the assets and liabilities acquired. Intangible assets such as customer relationships 
disclosed in Note 12, rely on estimation of future performance and customer retention which are uncertain. 
Inventory provision
Under IAS 2, inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value, and as such are subject to estimates 
around the provision applied to certain inventory items. The level of provision recorded is subject to estimation uncertainty 
when determining the expected sales price of goods to customers in future, as well as assessing if items are slow-moving 
or obsolete.
Impairment assessments
As required by IAS 36, all goodwill is tested annually for impairment. This is achieved by comparing the carrying amount 
of goodwill to the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 
Judgement is required in determining the value in use of the relevant cash generating units. These judgements include 
a determination of revenue growth, profitability, period of assessment and discount rate used. Management considers a 
range of potential inputs for each of these to ensure that the conclusion reached is appropriate. 
Lease liability and right of use assets
The present value of future lease payments determines the recognition value of lease liability and right of use assets. 
IFRS 16 requires that the period considered for this calculation to be the period of the contract term, together with any 
options to extend or terminate if that extension or termination is likely to be exercised. Judgement is therefore required 
to determine a likely lease length per lease term. 
Estimated credit loss provision
The measurement of estimated credit losses for trade receivables requires the use of assumptions about future 
macroeconomic conditions and credit behaviour and the impact that these have on specific customer behaviour, such 
as the likelihood of customers defaulting and the resulting losses. For 2022 the Group assessed the default risk on 
a customer level and assigned a likelihood of default across all outstanding invoices, irrelevant of the age of such 
invoices. Due to the improvements in individual customer risk profiles, and improvements in the hospitality industry 
circumstances, there has been a significant decrease in the estimated credit loss provision for the year. 

Financial Statements
129
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. 
The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting  
the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.
All funding requirements and financial risks are managed based on policies and procedures adopted by the Board of 
Directors. The Group uses derivative financial instruments including forward currency contracts to manage its exposure 
to certain financial risks.
The Group is exposed to the following financial risks:
•	 Credit risk
•	 Liquidity risk
•	 Pricing risk
•	 Market risk
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. The principal financial instruments used by 
the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:
•	 Trade and other receivables
•	 Cash and cash equivalents
•	 Trade and other payables
•	 Forward currency contracts
To the extent that financial instruments are not carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position, 
the carrying values approximate fair values at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021.
Financial instruments by category
Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value
Financial assets at amortised cost
2022
£m
2021
£m
2022
£m
2021
£m
Cash and cash equivalents 
–
–
95.3
166.2
Trade and other receivables 
–
–
64.2
62.9
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
–
–
–
–
Other derivative financial instruments
–
1.2
–
–
Total financial assets
–
1.2
159.5
229.1
Financial liabilities
Financial assets at fair value
Financial assets at amortised cost
2022
£m
2021
£m
2022
£m
2021
£m
Trade and other payables
–
–
50.4
48.6
Lease liabilities
–
–
16.9
2.8
Loans and borrowings
–
–
–
0.1
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
(0.2)
0.3
–
–
Other derivative financial assets
(1.6)
–
–
–
Total financial liabilities
(1.8)
0.3
67.3
51.5

130
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet 
its contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. At 31 December 2022 the Group 
has net trade receivables of £62.5m (2021: £58.4m).
The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of these balances such that, if one or more customers encounter financial 
difficulties, this could materially and adversely affect the Group’s financial results. In order to minimise this risk, 
the Group endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, together with the 
aggregate financial exposure, is continuously monitored. Companies which are not deemed to be creditworthy can only 
deal with the Group on a prepayment basis.
The Group further mitigates credit risk by undertaking credit insurance through “A” credit rated underwriters for some of 
its receivable balances. Supply of products by members of the Group results in trade receivables, which the management 
consider to be of low risk; other receivables are likewise considered to be low risk. The management do not consider that 
there is any concentration of risk within either trade or other receivables.
The Group performs an expected credit loss assessment for all trade receivables to calculate a provision for expected 
credit loss, based on historical credit loss information, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. 
The simplified approach is used, in accordance with IFRS 9. The resulting provision in respect of outstanding balances 
at 31 December 2022 is not material. 
Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery; indicators of this include the 
counterparty going into administration or receivership.
Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be low as the counterparties are all substantial banks with 
investment grade credit ratings.
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter 
difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group actively manages its cash generation and 
maintains sufficient cash holdings to cover its immediate obligations.
The Group actively manages its cash and currently holds substantial cash balances in Sterling, US Dollars, Australian 
Dollars and Euros. The Group should have access to additional equity funding if it was required. Trade and other 
payables are monitored as part of normal management routine. 
The contractual maturity profile (undiscounted) of the Group’s financial liabilities and derivatives is set out below. 
31 December 2022
Within one year
£m
One to two years
£m
Two to five years
£m
Over five years 
£m
Trade and other payables
50.4
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
3.8
12.6
1.6
–
Derivative financial instruments outflow
100.4
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(98.6)
–
–
–
31 December 2021
Within one year
£m
One to two years
£m
Two to five years
£m
Over five years 
£m
Trade and other payables
48.6
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
0.7
2.0
0.2
–
Bank borrowings principal
0.1
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments outflow
92.8
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(91.8)
–
–
–

Financial Statements
131
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Liquidity risk continued
Pricing risk
Pricing risk is the risk that oscillation in the price of key input costs will affect the profitability of the business. The Group 
manages this risk by agreeing long-term prices with suppliers where possible.
Market risk
Market risk arises from the Group’s interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. It is the risk 
that the fair value, or future cash flows, of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in the interest rates 
(interest rate risk) or foreign exchange rates (foreign exchange risk).
(a) Interest rate risk
The Group’s policy is to balance exposure to interest rate risk with the cost and flexibility of funding. This policy is 
managed centrally. The requirement for interest rate hedging is reviewed periodically, being a mechanism available to 
manage interest rate risk. These reviews acknowledge that interest rate hedges will not necessarily protect the Group 
from the risk of paying rates in excess of current market rates nor eliminate cash flow risk associated with the variability 
in interest payments.
Judgements are therefore exercised in the context of the market and the materiality of the potential risk compared to the 
cost. The Group does not currently have any debt facilities, nor does it engage in interest rate hedging.
(b) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in exchange rates affect the profitability of the business. The Group is 
exposed to transaction foreign exchange risk as it operates predominantly within the USA and Europe where transactions 
are denominated in US Dollars and Euros respectively. The exposure is limited to the extent to which there is a mismatch 
between the currencies in which sales, purchases, receivables and borrowings are denominated and the respective 
functional currencies of Group companies.
Forward contracts are used to manage foreign exchange risk. Those financial assets in currencies other than Sterling may 
be the subject of economic hedging arrangements using forward contracts. Receivables are carried in the consolidated 
statement of financial position at the rate of exchange at the period end. The derivative instruments are carried at fair 
value with that value being the contract value at the reporting date.
At 31 December 2022 there were commitments to purchase foreign currency exchange forward contracts with a total 
Sterling value of approximately £100.4m (2021: £92.8m) mainly in Euros and US Dollars. All contracts mature within 
12 months of the reporting date.
Commitments to sell/(purchase) foreign currency exchange forward contracts:
2022
£m
2021
£m
USD
57.1
49.5
EUR
30.5
34.7
CAD
3.3
2.7
AUD
9.5
5.9
100.4
92.8
Although the Board accepts that this policy does not protect the Group entirely from currency risk or from incurring an 
exchange rate in the future that is adverse to the then spot rate in operation, it considers that it achieves an appropriate 
balance against exposure to the risk. 

132
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
3. Financial instruments and Risk Management continued
Market risk continued
(b) Foreign exchange risk continued
The summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to currency risk (before the effect of balance sheet hedging) is 
as follows. This includes intragroup balances which eliminate on consolidation.
2022
Currency in m
2021
Currency in m
Euro
USD
Euro
USD
Receivables
28.2
60.5
22.7
36.9
Payables
(9.6)
(1.3)
(8.3)
(0.9)
Cash
7.3
2.4
16.2
5.6
Total
25.9
61.6
30.6
41.6
Effect of cash flow hedges
At 31 December 2022, the Group held derivatives with a notional value of £14.7m (2021: £24.3m) designated as hedging 
instruments for cash flow hedging purposes. They all have maturities in 2023 and have a range of hedged rates between 
EUR 1.10 – 1.19 and USD 1.09 – 1.24.
In respect of cash flow hedges the Group has recognised a net loss of £0.3m (2021: £1.0m loss) in other comprehensive 
income in the year due to changes in fair value, amounts transferred to profit and loss, and deferred tax related to hedging 
instruments. A loss of £2.0m (2021: £1.7m loss) has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to net revenue 
to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions.
There was no ineffectiveness recognised in the year.
Capital management
The Group’s capital is made up of share capital, retained earnings and other reserves.
The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:
•	 To safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and
•	 To provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.
The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes in 
equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources.
In line with the Group’s capital management objectives, a special dividend was paid to shareholders in the year. This 
was done after having considered the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, and any needs for the funds for 
investment opportunity, and was deemed to be the best way to provide return to shareholders, based on surplus cash held.

Financial Statements
133
4. Revenue
Revenue streams
During the period, the Group acquired an additional revenue stream, being the sale of premium non-carbonated mixers. 
This is in addition to the sale of premium carbonated mixers.
An analysis of turnover by geographical market is given below:
2022
£m
2021
£m
United Kingdom
116.2
118.3
United States of America
95.6
77.9
Europe
101.0
88.2
Rest of the World
31.5
26.7
344.3
311.1
Analysis of carbonated and non-carbonated sales:
2022
2021
Carbonated
99.4%
99.9%
Non-carbonated 
0.6% 
0.1% 
 
100.0% 
100.0%
Analysis of concentration of customers top three and other:
2022
2021
Customer 1
8.3%
9.4%
Customer 2
5.6%
6.1%
Customer 3
4.5%
5.8%
Other
81.6%
78.7%
100.0%
100.0%
In the year ended 31 December 2022 the Group had one customer representing £28.6m of sales, accounting for 8.3% of 
Group revenue (2021: one customer represented £30.2m of sales, accounting for 9.4% of revenue).
Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables from contracts with customers. 
Note
31 December 2022 
£m
31 December 2021 
£m
Receivables, which are included in “trade and other receivables”
17
64.4
61.5
No information is provided about remaining performance obligations at 31 December 2022 that have an original 
expected duration of one year or less.

134
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
5. Profit from operations 
Operating profit is stated after charging:
2022
£m
2021
£m
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)
(1.0)
0.3
Depreciation
4.3
3.2
Amortisation of intangible assets
1.5
1.5
Lease payments directly through profit or loss (short-term leases)
0.2
0.1
Logistics and warehousing
48.6
35.2
Discretionary marketing
34.0
29.2
Share-based payment charges
3.3
2.7
Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance
(1.1)
1.9
Auditors’ remuneration: 
2022
£m
2021
£m
Fees payable to Company’s Auditor and its associates for the audit  
of the Company and its subsidiaries
0.6
0.3
Non audit services* 
–
–
*	 Total audit fees in 2022 are £560,000 (2021: £330,000). Non audit services of £3,938 (2021: £nil). Fees of €65,000 (2021: €72,000) are payable to an 
associate of the group’s auditor for the local statutory audit of the German subsidiary.
6. Staff costs
2022
£m
2021
£m
Wages and salaries
27.6
22.2
Employers national insurance
2.2 
2.3
Pensions
1.1 
1.1
30.9 
25.6
The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) during the period was as follows:
2022
2021
Sales and Marketing
133
132
Production and Administration
169
139
302
271
Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs
2022
£m
2021
£m
Salaries
1.2
1.2
Bonuses
0.2
0.6
1.4
1.8

Financial Statements
135
6. Staff costs continued
Total remuneration regarding the highest paid Director was £0.6m (2021: £0.8m). The total remuneration regarding 
the highest paid Director includes the gain on exercise of share options (where applicable), which is not included in staff 
costs. There were no director exercises of share options in 2022.
The Directors’ gain on exercise of share options was £nil (2021: £nil). All of the share options that vested in 2022 had 
performance criteria attached and as is disclosed in the single figure table, performance targets were not met for the 
2020 grants that vested in 2022. 
7. Finance income and expenses
2022
£m
2021
£m
Finance income
Interest income
0.8 
0.3
0.8 
0.3
Finance expense
Interest on lease liabilities
0.2 
0.1
Bank loan interest and other charges
0.2 
0.2
0.4 
0.3
8. Income tax
2022
£m
2021
£m
Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the period
6.8
10.6
Adjustment in respect of prior period
(0.1)
(0.2)
6.7
10.4
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
–
0.4
Adjustment in respect of prior period
(0.6)
(0.2)
Effect of tax rate change on opening balance
–
0.4
Total tax expense
 6.1
11.0
The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
United Kingdom applied to profit for the year are as follows:
2022
£m
2021
£m
Profit for the year
31.0
55.6
Expected tax charge based on corporation tax rate of 19% in 2022 (19% in 2021)
5.9
10.6
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
0.6
0.1
Effect of tax rate change on opening balance 
– 
0.4
Adjustment in respect of prior period
(0.6)
(0.4)
Differences in tax rates
0.2
0.3
Total tax expense
6.1
11.0
During the year corporation tax relief of £nil (2021: £nil) was recognised within equity in relation to share options 
exercised in the period. 

136
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
9. Earnings per share
2022
£m
2021
£m
Profit
Profit used in calculating basic and diluted EPS
24.9
44.6
Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
116,556,818
116,536,876
Weighted average number of dilutive employee share options outstanding
222,486
302,357
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share
116,779,304
116,839,233
Basic earnings per share (pence)
21.36
38.29
Diluted earnings per share (pence)
21.32
38.19
Normalised EPS
2022
£m
2021
£m
Profit
Reported profit before tax
31.0
55.6
Add back:
Amortisation
1.5
1.5
Adjusted profit before tax
32.5
57.1
Tax – assume standard rate (19%)
(6.2)
(10.8)
Normalised earnings
26.3
46.3
Number of shares
116,556,818
116,536,876
Normalised basic earnings per share (pence)
22.59
39.70
Number of diluted shares
116,779,304
116,839,233
Normalised diluted earnings per share (pence)
22.54
39.63
Normalised EPS is an APM in which earnings have been adjusted to exclude amortisation and the UK statutory tax rates 
have been applied (disregarding other tax adjusting items for comparability).
10. Non-current assets
Non-current assets by geographic location are as follows:
2022
£m
2021
£m
UK
46.1
42.8
US
19.6
0.4
Europe
13.1
14.1
Balance as at 31 December
78.8
57.3
Non-current assets exclude deferred tax and financial instruments. Non-current assets in Europe are substantially all 
situated in Germany.

Financial Statements
137
11. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprises owned and leased assets, as follows:
2022
£m
2021
£m
Owned property, plant and equipment
9.1
6.9
Leased property, plant and equipment (right-of-use assets, see Note 13)
16.5
2.7
Total property, plant and equipment
25.6
9.6
Owned property, plant and equipment is detailed as follows:
Leasehold 
property 
improvements
£m
Re-usable 
packaging
£m
Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£m
Fixtures and 
fittings
£m
Totals
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2020
0.9
8.5
0.5
1.1
11.0
Additions
–
3.5
0.1
–
3.6
Disposals
–
(0.4)
–
–
(0.4)
At 31 December 2021
0.9
11.6
0.6
1.1
14.2
Additions
–
1.0
2.9
0.7
4.6
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 December 2022
0.9
12.6
3.5
1.7
18.7
Depreciation
At 31 December 2020
0.5
3.8
0.3
0.6
5.2
Charge for the year
0.2
1.9
0.1
0.3
2.5
Disposals
–
(0.4)
–
–
(0.4)
At 31 December 2021
0.7
5.3
0.4
0.9
7.3
Charge for the year
0.1
2.1
0.1
0.3
2.6
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Exchange differences
(0.1)
(0.1)
–
–
(0.2)
At 31 December 2022
0.7
7.3
0.5
1.1
9.6
Net book value
At 31 December 2022
0.2
5.3
3.0
0.6
9.1
At 31 December 2021
0.2
6.3
0.2
0.2
6.9
At 31 December 2020
0.4
4.7
0.2
0.5
5.8

138
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
12. Intangible assets
Goodwill
£m
Brands
£m
Customer 
relationships
£m
Assets under 
development
£m
Software
£m
Totals
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2020
32.2
14.4
7.9
–
0.3
54.8
Additions
–
–
–
0.9
–
0.9
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.5)
–
–
(0.5)
At 31 December 2021
32.2
14.4
7.4
0.9
0.3
55.2
Acquisition of P&M
4.2
–
–
–
–
4.2
Additions
–
–
–
2.4
0.1
2.5
Exchange differences
–
–
0.4
–
–
0.4
At 31 December 2022
36.4
14.4
7.8
3.3
0.4
62.3
Amortisation
At 31 December 2020
–
5.6
0.4
–
–
6.0
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.7
–
0.1
1.5
At 31 December 2021
–
6.3
1.1
–
0.1
7.5
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.8
–
–
1.5
Exchange Differences
–
–
0.1
–
–
0.1
At 31 December 2022
–
7.0
2.0
–
0.1
9.1
Net book value
At 31 December 2022
36.4
7.4
5.8
3.3
0.3
53.2
At 31 December 2021
32.2
8.1
6.3
0.9
0.2
47.7
At 31 December 2020
32.2
8.8
7.5
–
0.3
48.8
Brands represent the fair value at the 12 March 2013 acquisition date of the “Fever-Tree” brand. The fair value was 
determined by applying the “relief from royalty” method to the estimated cash flows to be earned from the brand. The 
key management assumptions are around growth forecasts (over 20 years and at an ongoing growth rate of 3%), discount 
factors (a discount factor of 20% was used) and royalty percentage utilised. A brand useful life of 20 years is considered 
appropriate and projected cash flows have been discounted over this period.
Customer relationships represent the fair value on acquisition of the customer base of Global Drinks Partnership 
GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020. They were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method using a 5-year 
forecast followed by long-term growth at 1% reflecting local industry and inflation assumptions. A 10-year useful 
economic life is considered appropriate considering historic customer retention. Management did not identify any 
indicators of impairment in relation to individual intangible assets.
Assets under development represents the implementation of a new end-to-end operational processes programme, and 
an innovative business product. The programme will embed technology across the Group’s global operations, which will 
improve working efficiencies, data quality, and provide insights to aid in making business decisions. The programme 
commenced in 2021 and majority is expected to be implemented in 2023 where future benefits will begin to flow to  
the company.
Goodwill has been recognised from the acquisition of Fevertree Limited on 12 March 2013, the acquisition of Global 
Drinks Partnership GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020 and the acquisition of Powell & Mahoney LLC (P&M) on 1 August 
2022. The Goodwill recognised from all acquisitions represents the difference between the consideration paid and the 
fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed on each occasion.
In line with IAS 36, the cash-generating unit(s) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment at  
least annually by comparing the carrying amount of the unit(s), including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount  
of the unit(s). 

Financial Statements
139
12. Intangible assets continued
Goodwill has been allocated to the following CGUs:
CGU
2022
£m
2021 
£m
Global CGU1
32.2
32.2
P&M CGU2
4.2
–
36.4
32.2
1 	 The impairment model for this group of CGUs is based on fair value less costs to sell using the quoted price of the Company’s shares as an estimate of the fair 
value less costs of disposal. This exercise showed significant headroom in the year. There is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would cause 
the recoverable amount of this group of CGUs to exceed their carrying amount. Goodwill allocated to the German CGU for the prior year has been allocated to 
the Global CGU in the current year. This represents the realisation of synergies identified on the acquisition of Global Drinks Partnership GmbH (GDP). 
2 	 The impairment model for this CGU is based on fair value less costs to sell using market data available on the fair value of the underlying CGU based on the 
price paid to acquire this on 1 August 2022. This exercise showed sufficient headroom in the year, and no reasonable possible change in assumptions that would 
lead to an impairment being recognised if inputs were to change. 
13. Leases
The Group leases its office premises in London, New York and Germany, warehouses in the US and a small fleet of motor 
vehicles used by its UK-based sales team and German-based team. During the year, the London office lease was modified, 
extending the lease term by five years resulting in an increase in right-of-use asset value of £1.5m and lease liability 
of £1.4m. Included in additions for the period is an amount of £13.1m relating to leased warehouses in the US. This 
represents a five year lease for warehouses used for storage and delivery of product.
Right-of-use assets:
Leasehold property
£m
Motor vehicles
£m
Total
£m
Balance at 31 December 2020
1.5
0.2
1.7
Additions/Modifications
2.0
0.1
2.1
Disposals
(0.3)
–
(0.3)
Depreciation charge for the year
(0.6)
(0.1)
(0.7)
Exchange differences
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
Balance at 31 December 2021
2.5
0.2
2.7
Additions/Modifications
15.1
– 
15.1
Disposals
–
–
–
Depreciation charge for the year
(1.6)
(0.1)
(1.7)
Exchange differences
0.4
–
0.4
Balance at 31 December 2022
16.4
0.1
16.5
Lease liabilities:
Lease liabilities at 31 December
2022
£m
2021
£m
Current lease liabilities
3.4
0.7
Non-current lease liabilities
13.5
2.1
16.9
2.8 

140
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
13. Leases continued
Undiscounted future cash flows
2022
£m
2021
£m
Not later than one year
3.8
0.7
Later than one year and not later than five years
12.6
2.0
Later than five years
1.6
0.2
18.0
2.9
Amounts recognised in the profit or loss
2022
£m
2021
£m
Interest on lease liabilities
0.2
0.1
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets
1.7
0.8
Charge relating to short-term leases
0.2
0.1
Amounts recognised in consolidated statement of cash flows
2022
£m
2021
£m
Lease payments
1.8
0.6
14. Acquisition of Powell & Mahoney
On 1 August 2022, the Group completed the acquisition of the entire share capital 100% of Powell & Mahoney LLC 
(P&M), a premium cocktail mixer company in the US. 
P&M’s range of products includes uniquely formulated handcrafted ready-to-mix cocktail blends and provides the Group 
an opportunity to access the non-carbonated mixer market quicker than it would otherwise be able to through an organic 
approach. P&M has contracts with producers that have been time-tested to be operational and successful which will allow 
the Group to leverage and sell its own formulated brands in the US.
The results of P&M were consolidated from 1 August 2022 onwards, contributing £0.7m to Group revenue, and a net 
loss of £0.2m. If the acquisition had been made on 1 January 2022, management estimate it would have contributed 
£1.3m to Group revenue and a £0.3m net loss. Transaction costs of £0.2m were incurred to complete this acquisition.
The Group has determined that the only assets and liabilities recognised on the acquisition date are those within P&M’s 
take-on balance sheet. No additional identifiable assets have been identified, and therefore the full difference between 
the consideration transferred and net identifiable assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. Goodwill recognised is 
expected to be realised through the leveraging of the Group’s existing marketing, sales and distribution strengths, as well 
as streamlined access to market for the Group’s own formulated brands in the US.
The consideration disclosed above of £3.7m is lower than the total consideration paid of $5.9m (£4.9m), as reported 
in the sale purchase agreement and previous market announcement of interim results, due to certain specific liabilities 
which are recognised within the net assets acquired.
Summary of acquisition of P&M
2022
£m
Accounts receivable
0.4
Inventory
0.5
Accounts payable
(1.4)
Fair value of net assets acquired
(0.5)
Goodwill
4.2
Consideration
3.7

Financial Statements
141
14. Acquisition of Powell & Mahoney continued
Consideration satisfied by:
2022
£m
Cash consideration
0.2
Deferred consideration
0.4
Settlement of existing relationships
3.1
3.7
Included within consideration is deferred consideration with amount of £0.4m which is held in escrow until 1 August 2023.
Net cash flow – business combination
2022
£m
Cash consideration
3.7
Net cash acquired
–
Net cash outflow in respect of business combinations
3.7
15. Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries of the Company, which have been included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Name
Principal activity
Incorporated
Registered address
2022
Ownership 
%
2021
Ownership 
%
Fevertree Limited
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks 
UK 
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree UK Limited*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
UK
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Europe Limited*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
UK
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree ROW Limited*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
UK
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Germany Limited*
The activities of a 
holding company
UK
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree US Limited*
The activities of a 
holding company
UK
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree USA Inc.*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
US
251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, Delaware,  
19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree USA Production Co. Inc.*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
US
251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, Delaware,  
19808 USA
100%
100%
GDP Global Drinks 
Partnership GmbH*
Distribution of premium 
mixers and other drinks
Germany
Marienstr. 17 80331  
München DE
100%
100%
Powell & Mahoney LLC*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
USA
39 Norman St, Salem, 
Massachusetts, 01970 USA
100%
NA
Fevertree Australia Pty Ltd*
Distribution of premium 
mixers and other drinks
Australia
35 Oxford Cl West Leederville, 
WA 6007 Australia
100%
NA
*	 Denotes indirectly held subsidiary.

142
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
16. Inventories
2022
£m
2021
£m
Raw materials
17.8
9.8
Finished goods
42.3
26.4
60.1
36.2
The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in the cost of sales amounted to £164.0m (2021: £134.2m). 
The amount charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in respect of 
impairment and write-off of inventories to net realisable values was £6.0m (2021: £4.4m). Reasons for impairment 
included expired stock, wastage and damages. The comparative 2021 impairment provision includes £1.1m relating  
to damaged stock at our German warehouse which is offset by an insurance receivable disclosed in other receivables.
17. Trade and other receivables 
2022
£m
2021
£m
Trade receivables
64.4
61.5
Expected credit loss provision
(1.9)
(3.1)
Net trade receivables
62.5
58.4
Other receivables
1.7
4.5
Total financial assets other than cash and cash equivalents held at amortised cost
64.2
62.9
Prepayments
6.8
6.4
Recoverable VAT
1.4
1.0
Total trade and other receivables
72.4
70.3
There is no material difference between the net book amount and the fair value of current trade and other receivables due 
to their short-term nature. There is moderate level of concentration of credit risk to the Group’s trade receivables as the 
Group has a limited number of distributors for its export markets.
Within other non-current assets are long-term prepayments £1.8m made to suppliers for long-term contracts for supply 
chain activities. These are amortised on a systematic basis, consistent with the specific supplier contracts.
Expected credit loss assessment for customers as at 31 December 2022
The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs (expected credit losses) for trade 
receivables as at 31 December 2022. The simplified approach has been used, as required by IFRS 9.
31 December 2022
Weighted average 
loss rate rounded
Gross carrying 
amount
£m
Impairment loss 
allowance
£m
Current (not past due)
3%
53.1
1.4
1-30 days past due
3%
6.8
0.2
31-60 days past due
6%
1.6
0.1
Over 60 days past due
7%
2.9
0.2
31 December 2021
Weighted average 
loss rate rounded
Gross carrying 
amount
£m
Impairment loss 
allowance
£m
Current (not past due)
5%
52.0
2.4
1-30 days past due
7%
4.4
0.3
31-60 days past due
9%
2.7
0.2
Over 60 days past due
8%
2.4
0.2

Financial Statements
143
17. Trade and other receivables continued
Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience. These rates are multiplied by scalar factors to reflect differences 
between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been collected, current conditions, 
credit insurance and the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected lives of the receivables. 
Impaired receivables are only written off following the conclusion of administration proceedings.
Movements in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows.
2022
£m
2021
£m
Balance at 1 January 
3.1
1.2
Amounts written off
(0.1)
–
Net remeasurement of loss allowance
(1.1)
1.9
Balance at 31 December 
1.9
3.1
18. Trade and other payables
2022
£m
2021
£m
Trade payables
24.7
19.6
Other payables
4.5
4.2
Accruals
21.2
24.8
Total financial liabilities, excluding loans and borrowings,  
classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
50.4
48.6
Social security and other taxes
0.9
0.8
Total trade and other payables
51.3
49.4
There is no material difference between the net book amount and fair value of trade and other payables due to their 
short-term nature.
19. Derivative financial instruments
2022
£m
2021
£m
Foreign currency exchange contracts: cash flow hedges
(0.2)
(0.3)
Foreign currency exchange contracts: other
(1.6)
1.2
Total derivative financial assets/(liabilities)
(1.8)
0.9
The fair value of a derivative financial instrument is split between current and non-current depending on the remaining 
maturity of the derivative contract and its contractual cash flows. All contracts mature in less than 12 months; therefore, 
the instruments are classified as current.
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is based on bank valuations. 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative instruments in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.
The decrease in fair value on forward contracts not used for hedging purposes of £2.8m (2021: increase of £1.0m) has 
been included within the total of commitments to buy/sell foreign currency exchange forward contracts of £100.4m 
within Note 3, with the unrealised profits offsetting the foreign exchange movements in monetary assets.

144
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
20. Loans and borrowings
2022
£m
2021
£m
Bank loans
–
0.1
Total bank loans
–
0.1
21. Deferred Tax 
The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:
2022
£m
2021
£m
Opening asset
2.8
1.9
Opening liability
(1.6)
(1.5)
1.2
0.4
Acquisition of P&M
–
–
Recognised in comprehensive income
– 
(0.8)
Prior year adjustments
0.5
0.2
Recognised in equity
(1.4)
1.4
Closing asset/(liability)
0.3
1.2
Details of the deferred tax liability/(asset) are as follows:
Fair valuation  
of intangible  
assets
£m
Share based  
payments
£m
Other
£m
Total
£m
At 31 December 2021
(3.9)
2.3
2.8
1.2
Comprehensive income debit/(credit)
0.3
0.3
(0.6)
–
Prior year adjustments
(0.2)
0.2
0.5
0.5
Recognised in equity
–
(1.4)
–
(1.4)
At 31 December 2022
(3.8)
1.4
2.7
0.3
After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax asset 
comprises deferred tax assets of £1.9m (2021: £2.8m) and deferred tax liabilities of £1.6m (2021: £1.6m). Other 
deferred tax assets include £1.8m related to GDP previous years’ tax losses, £1.7m on temporary differences related to 
unrealised intragroup profit in stock and £0.8m on other miscellaneous net deferred tax liabilities. 
The March 2021 Budget announced an increase in the UK main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 25%, from 1 April 
2023. This rate was substantively enacted in May 2021; accordingly, deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2022 have 
been recognised at 25% for all timing differences reversing after 1 April 2023. The Spring Finance Bill 2023 introduced  
a corporation tax main rate of 25% from 1 April 2024. This does not materially impact the deferred tax balances as at  
31 December 2022.

Financial Statements
145
22. Share capital
2022
Number
2022
£m
2021
Number
2021
£m
Ordinary shares of £0.0025 each
At beginning of the period
116,550,000
0.3
116,518,420
0.3
Issued during the year
13,677
–
31,580
–
At the end of the period
116,563,677
0.3
116,550,000
0.3
23. Share based payments
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
All employees and full-time Directors of the Group are eligible to participate at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee. Share awards may be granted subject to objective performance conditions and vest over a vesting period 
determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of the grant.
Awards will normally lapse on cessation of employment. However, exercise is permitted for a limited period following 
cessation of employment for specified reasons such as redundancy, retirement or ill-health, and, in other circumstances, 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. In the event of an amalgamation, takeover or winding up of the 
Company, unvested awards may vest over such number of shares as is specified by the Remuneration Committee. There 
are also provisions for the exchange of awards in specified circumstances. The awards immediately lapse on the tenth 
anniversary of the date of grant and in the event of the participant’s bankruptcy.
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
2022
Number of shares
Weighted average  
exercise price
£
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
679,201 
0.0025
Exercised
(13,677) 
0.0025
Forfeited
(117,896) 
0.0025
Granted
481,558 
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
1,029,186 
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
51,840 
0.0025
2021
Number of shares
Weighted average  
exercise price
£
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
564,455
0.0025
Exercised
(31,580)
0.0025
Forfeited
(73,299)
0.0025
Granted
219,625
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
679,201
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
24,059
0.0025

146
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
23. Share based payments continued
Employee Sharesave Scheme (“SAYE”) 
In June 2019 the Group introduced a savings-related share scheme in which UK employees can save up to £500 from 
their net after tax salary over a period of three years to purchase options. These options can be exercised at the end of 
their three-year vesting period. Employees have the option to withdraw their savings at any time and forfeit their right  
to exercise the options at the end of the vesting period. This is managed in line with local government regulations.
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:
2022
Number of shares
Weighted average  
exercise price
£
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
74,682 
19.89
Forfeited
(50,565)
20.98
Granted
91,905 
6.96
Outstanding at end of the year
 116,022
9.18
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
2021
Number of shares
Weighted average  
exercise price
£
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
68,620
19.89
Granted
6,062
19.64
Outstanding at end of the year
74,682
19.87
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the period was determined at £16.29 (2021: £23.97) 
per option. The weighted average price of options exercised in the year was £31.58 (2021: £23.41). The outstanding 
options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of eight years and exercise prices between £0.0025 and £19.64.
Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included in the 
fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted in the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are 
as follows:
2022
2021
Risk-free interest rate
 1.56% – 3.31%
0.15%
Expected life
 5 years
5 years
Expected volatility
 27.55% – 49.58%
25.36% – 30.78%
Expected dividend yield 
 0.72% – 1.38%
0.66% – 0.67%
Share price at grant date
 £9.56 – £18.07
£24.56 – £25.66

Financial Statements
147
23. Share based payments continued
For option grants the volatility range reflects the historical volatility based on share transactions since listing. The maximum 
vesting period was used as a basis to determine the expected life of the option. The expected life used in the valuation 
has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.
The risk-free rate was based on the Bank of England spot yields in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield 
reflects management’s and market expectations based on budget projections.
24. Reserves
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value. 
Retained earnings are the cumulative net profits in the profit or loss. Movements on these reserves are set out in the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity.
Capital redemption reserve was created as a result of the share buy-back during 2014.
The translation reserve captures exchange differences arising on the translation of non-GBP functional subsidiaries’ 
accounts on consolidation.
The cash flow hedging reserve was created as a result of the implementation of hedge accounting. It captures the change 
in fair value for hedge accounted derivatives before the hedged item is reclassified to profit and loss.
25. Dividends
Dividends paid
2022
2021
In respect of the prior financial year
Pence per share
53.57
10.27
Total
£62,202,735
£11,966,441
In respect of the period ended 30 June
Pence per share
5.63
5.52
Total
£6,562,527
£6,433,462
Total paid in the year
£68,765,262
£18,399,903
The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 10.68 pence per share, totalling £12,449,001 for 2022. This dividend has 
not been accrued in the consolidated statement of financial position.
26. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.

148
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
27. Related parties transactions
Compensation of key management personnel:
2022
2021
Short-term employee benefits
1.2
1.2
Bonus
0.2
0.6
Share based payments
1.1
1.0
Employer’s national insurance
0.0
0.5
2.5
3.3
The key management personnel are judged to be Directors. For full details of Directors’ remuneration, see the 
Remuneration Committee Report on pages 90 to 104. 
28. Ultimate controlling party
In the opinion of the Directors there is no ultimate controlling party.

Financial Statements
149
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2022
Company number 08415302
Note
2022
£m
2021
£m
Fixed assets
Fixed asset investments
4
64.6
62.3
Current assets
Debtors
5
0.6
5.2
Cash at bank and in hand
41.4
77.1
42.0
82.3
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
6
(30.6)
(2.0)
Net current assets
11.4
80.3
Total assets less current liabilities
76.0
142.6
Net assets
76.0
142.6
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
8 
0.3
0.3
Share premium
9
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
9
0.1
0.1
Retained earnings
9
20.8
87.4
Shareholders' funds
76.0
142.6
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit or loss account of the Parent Company has not 
been presented. The Parent Company’s loss for the year was £0.9m (2021: £1.0m loss).
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 21 March 2023 and were 
signed on its behalf by:
Andrew Branchflower
Chief Financial Officer

150
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
AT 31 DECEMBER 2022
Share
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Capital 
redemption
reserve
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Equity as at 31 December 2020
0.3
54.8
0.1
103.8
159.0
Loss and total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
(1.0)
(1.0)
Dividends paid 
–
–
–
(18.4)
(18.4)
Share based payments
–
–
–
2.7
2.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
0.3
0.3
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2021
0.3
54.8
0.1
87.4
142.6
Loss and total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
(0.9)
(0.9)
Dividends paid 
–
–
–
(68.8)
(68.8)
Share based payments
–
–
–
3.5
3.5
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
(0.4)
(0.4)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
20.8
76.0

Financial Statements
151
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
Fevertree Drinks PLC (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 
2006. It is a public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address 
of its registered office is 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, London, England, W6 7NL. The financial statements of the 
Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework 
(FRS 101), and the Companies Act 2006.
The Company’s financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are rounded to the nearest million, unless 
otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest whole number. 
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by 
FRS 101.
Therefore, these financial statements do not include:
•	 certain comparative information as otherwise required by IAS 1;
•	 certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
•	 a statement of cash flows;
•	 the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;
•	 the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and
•	 disclosure of related party transactions with wholly owned fellow group companies.
In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent 
disclosures are included in the consolidated financial statements of Fevertree Drinks PLC.
These financial statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:
•	 Share based payments; and
•	 The disclosure requirements of IFRS 15.
In all respects, the Company applies the same accounting policies as the Group, which, as stated above, are outlined in 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the following accounting policies are also applied, given 
the Company’s function as holding company for the Group.
Investments in subsidiaries
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provisions for impairment.
Creditors 
Creditors are presented as amounts falling due within one year unless payment is not due within 12 months after the 
reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks.
Share Capital
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition 
of a financial liability. The Company’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.

152
FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022
1. Accounting policies continued
Share based payments
The Company operates equity-settled share-based option plans. The fair value of the employee services received in 
exchange for the participation in the plan is recognised as an expense in the profit or loss account, to the extent that 
the recipients are employees of the Company, and recognised as an investment in subsidiary where the recipients are 
employees of a subsidiary. The corresponding credit has been recognised in the profit or loss account reserve. The fair 
value of the employee service is based on the fair value of the equity instrument granted. Where the expense is charged  
to the profit or loss account, it is spread over the vesting period of the instrument.
Taxation
Tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the profit or loss except to the 
extent it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in 
line with those items.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the statement of 
financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of 
the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of the 
reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available 
against which the difference can be utilised. The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities  
or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the year except in relation to 
deferred tax on share-based payments. If the amount of a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of the cumulative 
remuneration expense, the excess of the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
2. Result from operations 
2022
£m
2021
£m
Share-based payments
1.3
0.9
Fees for the audit of this Company were borne by another Group company. The auditor remuneration for the audit of this 
Company was £30,000 (2021: £20,000).
3. Staff costs
2022
£m
2021
£m
Short term employee benefits
1.2
1.2
Accrued bonus
0.2
0.6
Employers national insurance
(0.4)
0.3
1.0
2.1
The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) during the period was 2 (2021: 2).

Financial Statements
153
4. Fixed asset investment
2022
£m
2021
£m
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Balance as at 1 January
62.3
60.5
Additions
2.3
1.8
Balance as at 31 December
64.6
62.3
Additions relate to share based payments of the Company’s shares offered to employees of subsidiary entities, which are 
treated as a capital contribution by the Company.
Refer to Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the list of the Company’s subsidiaries.
5. Debtors
2022
£m
2021
£m
Amounts owed by group undertakings
–
4.1
Other receivables
0.1
0.1
Deferred tax asset
0.5
1.0
Total
0.6
5.2
6. Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
2022
£m
2021
£m
Amounts owed to group undertakings
29.2
0.4
Other payables
0.4
0.9
Accruals
0.1
0.3
Corporation tax liability
0.9
0.4
Total
30.6
2.0
7. Share based payments
Share based payment arrangements for Directors are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report, see pages 90 to 104.
Details of the share options in existence are shown in Note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.
8. Share capital
Refer to Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for information on share capital.
9. Reserves
Refer to Note 24 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of the reserves.
10. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned fellow 
Group companies. Related party transactions with key management personnel (including Directors) are shown in Note 
27 of the consolidated financial statements.
11. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the reporting period to disclose.

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
154
Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road  
London  
W6 7NL
Company Website
www.fever-tree.com
Company Secretary
Alex O’Connell
Advisers
Nominated Adviser  
and Broker
Investec Bank plc  
30 Gresham Street  
London  
EC2V 7QP
Corporate Broker
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc  
25 Cabot Square,  
Canary Wharf,  
London, E14 4QA
Legal advisers
Osborne Clarke  
One London Wall  
London  
EC2Y 5EB
Auditors
BDO LLP  
55 Baker Street  
London  
W1U 7EU
Registrars
Link Group  
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds  
LS1 4DL
COMPANY INFORMATION

155
Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (the “AGM”) of Fevertree Drinks PLC (the “Company”) will be 
held at the office of Fever Tree at 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, W6 7NL, on 25 May 2023 at 11:30 a.m. 
If you plan to attend the AGM in person, please notify the Company in advance by email to agm@fever-tree.com to 
assist us in planning and implementing arrangements for this year’s meeting. Please include your name as shown on 
the Company’s Register of Members. 
In the event that any changes to the arrangements for the AGM are required prior to the date of the meeting, we will 
announce these through a regulatory news service and on the Company’s website. 
Shareholders are invited to submit any questions for the Board by sending an email to agm@fever-tree.com. The AGM 
will be for the following purposes:
Ordinary business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:
1.	
Report and accounts
To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2022 together with the 
Directors’ Reports and the Auditors’ Report on those annual accounts.
2.	 Directors’ Remuneration 
To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
3.	 Declaration of dividend
To declare a final dividend of 10.68p per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2022 payable on 2 June 
2023 to shareholders who are on the register of members of the Company on 21 April 2023.
4.	 Re-election of Timothy Warrillow
To re-elect Timothy Warrillow as a Director.
5.	
Re-election of Andrew Branchflower
To re-elect Andrew Branchflower as a Director.
6.	 Re-election of Domenic De Lorenzo
To re-elect Domenic De Lorenzo as a Director.
7.	
Re-election of Coline McConville
To re-elect Coline McConville as a Director.
8.	 Re-election of Kevin Havelock
To re-elect Kevin Havelock as a Director.
9.	 Re-election of Jeff Popkin
To re-elect Jeff Popkin as a Director.
10.	 Re-election of Laura Hagan
To re-elect Laura Hagan as a Director.
11.	 Re-appointment of Auditors
To re-appoint BDO LLP as Auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of this AGM until the 
conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.
12.	 Auditors’ remuneration
To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditors.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
156
Special business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions of which resolution 13 will be proposed as an ordinary 
resolution and resolutions 14 and 16 will be proposed as special resolutions.
13.	 Directors’ authority to allot shares
That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing of 
this resolution, the Directors be and they are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551, 
Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company, and grant 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares of the Company (such shares, and rights to subscribe for 
or to convert any security into shares of the Company being “relevant securities”) up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £97,136.40provided that, unless previously revoked, varied or extended, this authority shall expire on the earlier 
of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM of 
the Company, except that the Company may at any time before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would 
or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in 
pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if this authority had not expired. 
14.	 Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for pre-emptive issues and general purposes
That, if resolution 13 is passed, the Directors be authorised to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash 
under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares 
for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited:
(i)	
to the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities:
(A)	
in favour of holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, where the equity securities respectively 
attributable to the interests of all such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective 
number of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company held by them; and
(B)	
to holders of any other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the Directors 
otherwise consider necessary,
	
but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal 
with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under the laws 
or requirements of any overseas territory or by virtue of shares being represented by depository receipts or the 
requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and
(ii)	 the allotment, otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above, of equity securities up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £29,140.92;
such authority to expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution 
and the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company but, in each case prior to its expiry the Company may make 
offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury 
shared) under any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.
15.	 Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for acquisitions and other capital investments
That if resolution 13 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any authority granted under resolution 14 
to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell 
ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such 
allotment or sale, such authority to be:
(i)	
limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £29,140.92; 
and
(ii)	 used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 12 months after 
the original transaction) a transaction which the Directors determine to be either an acquisition or a specified 
capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights 
most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 
	
such authority to expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 months after the date of the passing of this resolution 
and the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company but, in each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make 
offers, and enter into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after the authority expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) 
under any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED 

157
16.	 Authority to purchase shares (market purchases)
That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the 
Act to make market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693(4) of the Act) of its ordinary shares of 0.25p each 
(“Ordinary Shares”) provided that:
(i)	
the maximum number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 11,656,367;
(ii)	 the minimum price which may be paid for any such Ordinary Share is 0.25p;
(iii)	 the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be the higher of:
(A)	
an amount equal to 105% of the average middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on 
which the Ordinary Share is contracted to be purchased; and
(B)	
the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the 
trading venue where the purchase is carried out; and
(iv)	 this authority shall, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied, expire on the earlier of the date falling 18 
months after the date of the passing of this resolution and the conclusion of the next AGM, but the Company 
may enter into a contract for the purchase of Ordinary Shares before the expiry of this authority which would 
or might be completed (wholly or partly) after its expiry.
By order of the Board
ALEX O’CONNELL
Company Secretary
Dated: 3 April 2023 
Registered Office: 
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London 
EC47 8EN

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
158
Notes
1.	
Pursuant to Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those members 
registered in the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 23 May 2023 (or if the AGM is 
adjourned, 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned AGM) shall be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM 
in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. Any changes to the register of members 
after such time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the AGM.
2.	
Although this year’s AGM is an open meeting, we encourage all shareholders to vote by proxy, further details of 
which are contained in this notice in Note 7 below. All shareholders are encouraged to appoint the Chair of the 
meeting as their proxy rather than a named person.
3.	
Each of the resolutions to be put to the meeting will be voted on by a poll reflecting the number of voting rights 
exercisable by each member. The results of the poll will be published on the Company’s website once the votes have 
been counted and verified.
4.	
In the case of joint holders of shares, the vote of the first named in the register of members who tenders a vote shall 
be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other joint holders.
5.	
A member that is a company or other organisation not having a physical presence cannot attend in person but can 
appoint someone to represent it. This can be by the appointment of a proxy (described in Note 7 below). Members 
considering the appointment of a corporate representative should check their own legal position, the Company’s 
articles of association and the relevant provision of the Companies Act 2006.
6.	
Copies of the Executive Directors’ service contracts with the Company and any of its subsidiary undertakings are 
available on request.
7.	
You can vote either:
•	 by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the instructions;
•	 you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the registrars, Link Group, at shareholderenquiries@
linkgroup.co.uk or on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by 
provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open 
between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
•	 in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service in accordance 
with the procedures set out below.
	
In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must be completed. In each case the form of proxy 
must be received by Link Group, PXS1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL by 11:00 a.m. on 
23 May 2023.
8.	
CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST proxy appointment service may do 
so for the AGM (and any adjournment thereof) by following the procedures described in the CREST Manual. 
CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members (and those CREST members who have appointed a 
voting service provider) should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider, who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.
	
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST 
message (a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & 
International Limited’s (“Euroclear”) specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, 
as described in the CREST Manual. The message (regardless of whether it relates to the appointment of a proxy or 
to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy) must, in order to be valid, be transmitted 
so as to be received by Link Group, RA10 by 11.00 a.m. on 23 May 2023. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be 
taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from 
which Link Group is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After 
this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee 
through other means.
	
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED 

159
	
CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) should note that 
Euroclear does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of 
the CREST member concerned to take (or if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member 
or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such 
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) 
are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual (available at www.euroclear.com) concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.
	
The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) 
of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended). 
	
Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of Proxy, CREST voting or any other electronic voting channel instruction, 
the proxy will vote as they think fit or, at their discretion, withhold from voting.
Explanatory notes 
Resolution 1 – Receiving the account and reports
The Company must lay its annual accounts before a general meeting of the Company, together with the Directors’ reports 
and Auditors’ report on the accounts. At the AGM, the Directors will present these documents to the shareholders for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2022.
Resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration
Shareholders have an opportunity to cast an advisory vote to approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. The report is set out in full in the Annual Report.
Resolution 3 – Declaration of dividend
This resolution concerns the Company’s final dividend payment. The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 10.68p 
per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022 which, if approved, will be payable on 2 June 2023  
to the shareholders on the register of members on 21 April 2023. The last day for DRIP elections will be 11 May 2023.
Resolutions 4-10 – Re-election of Directors
Resolutions 4 – 10 concern the re-election of the Directors of the Company who, in accordance with best practice in 
corporate governance, are offering themselves for re-election. 
The biographies for each of the Directors is provided in the Annual Report. As a reminder, Bill Ronald will retire from the 
Board at the end of the Meeting and so is not standing for re-election.
Resolution 11 – Re-appointment of Auditors
This resolution concerns the re-appointment of BDO LLP as Auditors until the conclusion of the next general meeting at 
which accounts are laid, that is, the next AGM.
Resolution 12 – Auditors’ remuneration 
This resolution authorises the Directors to fix the Auditors’ remuneration.
Resolution 13 – Directors’ power to allot shares
This resolution grants the Directors authority to allot shares in the capital of the Company and other relevant securities 
up to an aggregate nominal value of £97,136.40 representing approximately one third of the nominal value of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company as at 3 April 2023 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice.
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution but they consider 
it desirable that the specified amount of authorised but unissued share capital is available for issue so that they can more 
readily take advantage of possible opportunities.
Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or the 
date falling 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier.

FEVER-TREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022
160
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED 
Resolution 14 and 15 – Directors’ power to issue shares for cash for pre-emptive issues and 
general purposes
These resolutions authorise the Directors in certain circumstances to allot equity securities for cash other than in 
accordance with the statutory pre-emption rights (which require a company to offer all allotments for cash first to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings). In relation to resolution 14, the authority will grant Directors the 
power to issue shares for cash where either the allotment takes place in connection with a rights issue or the allotment 
is limited to a maximum nominal amount of £29,140.92 representing approximately 10% of the nominal value of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 3 April 2023 being the latest practicable date before publication of 
this notice. In relation to resolution 15, the powers will be limited to allotments and sales (i) up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £29,140.92 representing approximately 10% of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company as at 3 April 2023 being the latest practicable date before publication of this notice and (ii) used only for 
the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if such refinancing occurs within 12 months of the original transaction) a 
transaction which the Directors determine to be an acquisition or a specified capital investment of a kind contemplated 
by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group 
prior to the date of this Notice.
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by these resolutions, but they 
consider it desirable that Directors’ have the authority to issue shares for cash in the above-mentioned circumstances  
so that they can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities. 
Unless revoked, varied or extended, these authorities will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company or  
18 months after the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier. 
Resolution 16 – Authority to purchase shares (market purchase)
This resolution authorises the Board to make market purchases of up to 11,656,367 ordinary shares (representing 
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares as at 3 April 2023 being the latest practicable date before 
publication of this notice). Shares so purchased may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The authority will expire  
at the end of the next AGM of the Company or 18 months from the passing of the resolution, whichever is the earlier.  
The Directors intend to seek renewal of this authority at subsequent AGMs.
The minimum price that can be paid for an ordinary share is 0.25p being the nominal value of an ordinary share. The 
maximum price that can be paid is the higher of (i) 5% over the average of the middle market prices for an ordinary 
share, derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange, for the five business days immediately before 
the day on which the share is contracted to be purchased and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade, 
and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out.
The Directors intend to exercise this right only when, in light of the market conditions prevailing at the time and taking 
into account all relevant factors (for example, the effect on earnings per share), they believe that such purchases are in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders generally. The overall position of the Company will be taken into account 
before deciding upon this course of action. The decision as to whether any such shares bought back will be cancelled or 
held in treasury will be made by the Directors on the same basis at the time of the purchase.
The Directors do not have any present intention of exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution but they consider 
it desirable that the authorities are in place so that they can more readily take advantage of possible opportunities.

Printed by a CarbonNeutral® Company certified to ISO 14001 environmental 
management system. 
This product is made using recycled materials limiting the impact on our precious 
forest resources, helping reduce the need to harvest more trees. 
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS 
legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel  
(Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled  
for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production 
will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy. 
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and 
preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, 
under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would otherwise be released.
CBP00019082504183028

Registered and Head Office
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London, W6 7NL
Company Website
www.fever-tree.com